{"title":"Best Sellers","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-sm6","title":"MECO Omaha Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 6' – 8,100 lb | SM6","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SM6 Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 6' Tall, 12\" Arms, 8,100 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shops, warehouses, contractors and job sites that store narrow long items such as pipe, tubing, conduit, bar stock, trim and molding and load them from one aisle, typically along a wall. The SM6 is the 6' model in MECO's Series 1000 Medium Duty single-sided line, with 6 arms rated 1,000 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 1,000 lb per arm, wall-side storage loaded from one aisle, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-6ft-am6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAM6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing rows loaded from both sides (use the double-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-smd6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or heavier loads (see MECO heavy duty Series 4000 units).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-6ft-am6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching AM6 Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SM6 is a Series 1000 Medium Duty cantilever rack starter kit designed for maintenance departments, tool rooms, and light industrial facilities that need to get long materials off the floor and organized quickly. At 6' tall with 12\" arms and 6 storage positions, it's the most compact option in the MECO Series 1000 lineup — ideal when ceiling height is limited or the stored materials are shorter in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 6 straight arms, and a brace set — everything needed to assemble your first bay with no additional components. Arms adjust on 3\" centers the full height of the upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (6' height, 33\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 straight arms (12\" length, 1,000 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (47\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SM6\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to assemble, no guesswork\u003c\/strong\u003e — All components are pre-matched from MECO Omaha's Series 1000 system. No sourcing individual parts or verifying compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHighest arm capacity in the Series 1000\u003c\/strong\u003e — At 1,000 lb per arm, the SM6 has the strongest arms in the medium duty lineup — ideal for dense, compact loads like tool storage, short bar stock, and bundled pipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-6ft-am6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAM6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous row system using shared upright frames, eliminating redundant uprights and maximizing floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open base design allows loading and unloading directly from the aisle. The base functions as an additional storage level and does not count against the rated upright capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 1000 Single-Sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSM6 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,100 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sm8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,300 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sm10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,800 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e438 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed double-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-smd6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-smd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-smd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e double-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6' (72\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,100 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-6ft-am6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAM6 Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Arms must never be placed on the back side of a single-sided upright. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SM6 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 6 arms is rated for 1,000 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 8,100 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on a 6' single-sided cantilever rack with 12\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SM6 suits narrow long items such as pipe, tubing, conduit, bar stock, trim and molding. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SM6 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SM6 and the SMD6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SM6 is single-sided with 6 arms and 8,100 lb upright capacity. The SMD6 is double-sided with 12 (6 per side) arms and 16,200 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AM6 add-on kit connects to the SM6 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SM6 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SM6L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SM6 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 230 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SM6 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391437701418,"sku":"SM6","price":670.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-6-arms.jpg?v=1792594132"},{"product_id":"single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sm8","title":"MECO Omaha Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 8' – 5,300 lb | SM8","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SM8 Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 8' Tall, 24\" Arms, 5,300 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shops, warehouses, contractors and job sites that store pipe, tubing, bar stock, lumber and other long items of moderate depth and load them from one aisle, typically along a wall. The SM8 is the 8' model in MECO's Series 1000 Medium Duty single-sided line, with 8 arms rated 600 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 600 lb per arm, wall-side storage loaded from one aisle, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-am8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAM8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing rows loaded from both sides (use the double-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-smd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or heavier loads (step up to the heavy duty \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-su8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-am8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching AM8 Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SM8 is a Series 1000 Medium Duty cantilever rack starter kit built for maintenance departments, tool rooms, and light industrial facilities that need to store long materials efficiently. At 8' tall with 24\" arms and 8 storage positions, it delivers more vertical reach than the SM6 while keeping construction and cost firmly in the medium duty range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 8 straight arms, and a brace set — everything needed to assemble your first bay with no additional components. Arms adjust on 3\" centers the full height of the upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (8' height, 33\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 straight arms (24\" length, 600 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (47\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SM8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to assemble, no guesswork\u003c\/strong\u003e — All components are pre-matched from MECO Omaha's Series 1000 system. No need to separately source uprights, arms, and braces or verify compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLonger arms for wider loads\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 24\" arms accommodate plywood, wide bar stock, pipe bundles, and other materials that need more depth than the SM6's 12\" arms can support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-am8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAM8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous row system using shared upright frames, eliminating redundant uprights and maximizing your floor footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open base design allows loading and unloading directly from the aisle. The base functions as an additional storage level and does not count against the rated upright capacity — place your heaviest loads there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty Single-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-sm6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,100 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSM8 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,300 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sm10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,800 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e438 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed double-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-smd6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-smd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-smd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e double-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8' (96\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,300 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-am8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAM8 Single-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Arms must never be placed on the back side of a single-sided upright. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SM8 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 8 arms is rated for 600 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 5,300 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on an 8' single-sided cantilever rack with 24\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SM8 suits pipe, tubing, bar stock, lumber and other long items of moderate depth. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SM8 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SM8 and the SMD8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SM8 is single-sided with 8 arms and 5,300 lb upright capacity. The SMD8 is double-sided with 16 arms and 10,600 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AM8 add-on kit connects to the SM8 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SM8 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SM8L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SM8 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 290 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SM8 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797166378,"sku":"SM8","price":830.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-8-arms.jpg?v=1792594112"},{"product_id":"single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sm10","title":"MECO Omaha Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 10' – 3,800 lb | SM10","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SM10 Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 10' Tall, 36\" Arms, 3,800 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shops, warehouses, contractors and job sites that store lumber, bundled pipe, tubing and other long loads that need deeper arms and load them from one aisle, typically along a wall. The SM10 is the 10' model in MECO's Series 1000 Medium Duty single-sided line, with 12 arms rated 400 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 400 lb per arm, wall-side storage loaded from one aisle, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-am10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAM10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing rows loaded from both sides (use the double-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-smd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or heavier loads (step up to the heavy duty \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-su10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-am10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching AM10 Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SM10 is the tallest and deepest configuration in the MECO Series 1000 Medium Duty single-sided lineup. At 10' tall with 36\" arms and 12 storage positions, it's built for facilities that need to maximize vertical storage space for long, lighter materials — dimensional lumber, PVC pipe, extrusions, and similarly sized stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 12 straight arms, and a brace set. Arms adjust on 3\" centers the full height of the upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (10' height, 45\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 straight arms (36\" length, 400 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (71\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SM10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum reach in the medium duty range\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 36\" arms are the longest available in the Series 1000 lineup, accommodating wide loads that need more support depth without stepping up to heavy duty construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 storage positions per bay\u003c\/strong\u003e — More arm levels than any other single-sided Series 1000 unit, giving you finer-grained organization of long materials across a single bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-am10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAM10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous row system using shared upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open base design allows loading and unloading directly from the aisle. The base functions as an additional storage level and does not count against the rated upright capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty Single-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-sm6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,100 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sm8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,300 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSM10 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,800 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e438 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed double-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-smd6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-smd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-smd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e double-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10' (120\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,800 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e438 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-am10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAM10 Single-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Arms must never be placed on the back side of a single-sided upright. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SM10 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 12 arms is rated for 400 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 3,800 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on a 10' single-sided cantilever rack with 36\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SM10 suits lumber, bundled pipe, tubing and other long loads that need deeper arms. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SM10 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SM10 and the SMD10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SM10 is single-sided with 12 arms and 3,800 lb upright capacity. The SMD10 is double-sided with 24 arms and 7,600 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AM10 add-on kit connects to the SM10 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SM10 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SM10L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SM10 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 438 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SM10 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797362986,"sku":"SM10","price":1230.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-12-arms.jpg?v=1792594132"},{"product_id":"double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-smd6","title":"MECO Omaha Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 6' – 16,200 lb | SMD6","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SMD6 Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 6' Tall, 12\" Arms, 16,200 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shops, warehouses and job sites that store pipe, tubing, conduit, bar stock, trim or other narrow long items and want to load from two aisles at once. The SMD6 is the shortest, highest-capacity unit in MECO's Series 1000 medium duty double-sided line, so it suits low-ceiling areas and heavy short-arm loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e narrow long loads up to 1,000 lb per arm, free-standing rows you can reach from both sides, and areas under a 6' height limit.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e deep or bulky loads such as sheet goods or lumber bundles. For those, step up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-smd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e (36\" arms) or a heavy duty unit. For storage against a wall, use the single-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-sm6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-6ft-amd6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching AMD6 Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the SMD6 different\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHighest capacity in the 6' medium duty lineup:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,200 lb total upright capacity and 1,000 lb per arm, the most of any MECO Series 1000 double-sided starter unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo storage faces, one footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 arms on each side (12 total) on 54\" bases, so you get twice the storage positions of a single-sided unit without more floor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable and expandable:\u003c\/strong\u003e arms move on 3\" centers, and AMD6 add-on units share an upright with the starter, so a row grows one bay at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (6' height, 54\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 straight arms (12\" length, 1,000 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (47\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor anchors (required, not included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored before use. MECO recommends at least 2 anchors per base, one front and one back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor: ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Follow your local building codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty Double-Sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSMD6 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e296 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-smd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e387 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-smd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e617 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height, or \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/cantilever-rack-vs-pallet-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eCantilever Rack vs. Pallet Rack\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSMD6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-sided starter unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6' (72\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 (6 per side)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e296 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired, not included. ½\" × 4¼\", minimum 2 per base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-6ft-amd6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAMD6 Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SMD6 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 12 arms is rated for 1,000 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 16,200 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on a 6' double-sided cantilever rack with 12\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SMD6 is built for narrow long items such as pipe, tubing, conduit, bar stock, trim and molding, loaded from either side of the rack. For deeper loads like sheet goods or bundled lumber, choose a model with longer arms, such as the SMD10 with 36\" arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SMD6 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SMD6 and the SM6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SMD6 is double-sided, with arms on both sides of each upright, 12 arms in total and 16,200 lb upright capacity. The SM6 is single-sided, with arms on one side, and is rated for 8,100 lb. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AMD6 add-on kit connects to the SMD6 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SMD6 ships as components (2 uprights, 12 arms and a brace set) with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SMD6L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SMD6 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. You'll need a forklift or pallet jack to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SMD6 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797461290,"sku":"SMD6","price":910.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-double-sided-cantilever-starter-smd6.jpg?v=1792594538"},{"product_id":"double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-smd8","title":"MECO Omaha Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 8' – 10,600 lb | SMD8","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SMD8 Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 8' Tall, 24\" Arms, 10,600 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shops, warehouses, contractors and job sites that store pipe, tubing, bar stock, lumber and other long items of moderate depth and load them from two aisles. The SMD8 is the 8' model in MECO's Series 1000 Medium Duty double-sided line, with 16 arms rated 600 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 600 lb per arm, free-standing rows reached from both sides, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-amd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAMD8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-side storage loaded from one aisle (use the single-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sm8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or heavier loads (step up to the heavy duty \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sdu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-amd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching AMD8 Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SMD8 is a Series 1000 Medium Duty double-sided cantilever rack starter kit that combines 8' of vertical reach with 24\" arms on both sides — giving you 16 total storage positions across a single bay. Designed for free-standing aisle installations where materials need to be accessible from both directions, it doubles the storage density of an equivalent single-sided unit without requiring additional floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 16 straight arms, and a brace set. Arms adjust on 3\" centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (8' height, 54\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 straight arms (24\" length, 600 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (47\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SMD8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble the storage, same floor footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arms extend from both sides of the upright, allowing you to store and access materials from two aisles simultaneously — without using any additional floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16 storage positions per bay\u003c\/strong\u003e — The most arm levels of any 8' double-sided medium duty unit, giving you granular control over how long materials are organized across a single bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-amd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAMD8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous double-sided row using shared upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible from both aisles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open design on both sides allows forklift loading and unloading from either direction, improving throughput in shared storage aisles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty Double-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-smd6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e296 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSMD8 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e387 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-smd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e617 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed single-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-sm6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sm8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sm10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e single-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8' (96\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e387 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-amd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAMD8 Double-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SMD8 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 16 arms is rated for 600 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 10,600 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on an 8' double-sided cantilever rack with 24\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SMD8 suits pipe, tubing, bar stock, lumber and other long items of moderate depth. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SMD8 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SMD8 and the SM8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SMD8 is double-sided with 16 arms and 10,600 lb upright capacity. The SM8 is single-sided with 8 arms and 5,300 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AMD8 add-on kit connects to the SMD8 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SMD8 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SMD8L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SMD8 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 387 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SMD8 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797592362,"sku":"SMD8","price":1180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-double-sided-cantilever-starter-smd8.jpg?v=1792594538"},{"product_id":"double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-smd10","title":"MECO Omaha Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 10' – 7,600 lb | SMD10","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SMD10 Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 10' Tall, 36\" Arms, 7,600 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shops, warehouses, contractors and job sites that store lumber, bundled pipe, tubing and other long loads that need deeper arms and load them from two aisles. The SMD10 is the 10' model in MECO's Series 1000 Medium Duty double-sided line, with 24 arms rated 400 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 400 lb per arm, free-standing rows reached from both sides, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-amd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-side storage loaded from one aisle (use the single-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sm10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or heavier loads (step up to the heavy duty \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sdu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-amd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching AMD10 Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SMD10 is the largest configuration in the MECO Series 1000 Medium Duty double-sided lineup. At 10' tall with 36\" arms on both sides and 24 total storage positions per bay, it's built for high-ceiling facilities storing long, lighter materials — dimensional lumber, wide extrusions, PVC pipe — that need to be accessible from both sides of the aisle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 24 straight arms, and a brace set. Arms adjust on 3\" centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (10' height, 78\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 straight arms (36\" length, 400 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (71\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SMD10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum storage density in the medium duty range\u003c\/strong\u003e — 24 arm positions across a single bay — more than any other Series 1000 unit — with 36\" reach on both sides for wide, long materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-sided access from both aisles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arms extend from both sides of the upright, allowing forklift loading and unloading from either direction without relocating equipment or reorganizing the aisle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-amd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous double-sided row using shared upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open base design allows loading from both aisles. The base functions as an additional storage level and does not count against the rated upright capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty Double-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-smd6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e296 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-smd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e387 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSMD10 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e617 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed single-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-6ft-sm6\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM6\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sm8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sm10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e single-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 1000 Medium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10' (120\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e71\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e617 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-amd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAMD10 Double-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SMD10 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 24 arms is rated for 400 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 7,600 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on a 10' double-sided cantilever rack with 36\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SMD10 suits lumber, bundled pipe, tubing and other long loads that need deeper arms. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SMD10 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SMD10 and the SM10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SMD10 is double-sided with 24 arms and 7,600 lb upright capacity. The SM10 is single-sided with 12 arms and 3,800 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AMD10 add-on kit connects to the SMD10 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SMD10 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SMD10L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SMD10 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 617 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SMD10 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797657898,"sku":"SMD10","price":1850.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-double-sided-cantilever-starter-smd10.jpg?v=1792594538"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-su8","title":"MECO Omaha Heavy Duty Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 8' | SU8","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SU8 Heavy Duty Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 8' Tall, 24\" Arms, 21,500 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel service centers, fabrication shops, lumber yards and distribution centers that store pipe, tubing, bar stock, lumber and other long items of moderate depth and load them from one aisle, typically along a wall. The SU8 is the 8' model in MECO's Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty single-sided line, with 8 arms rated 2,000 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 2,000 lb per arm, wall-side storage loaded from one aisle, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-au8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing rows loaded from both sides (use the double-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sdu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or lighter loads where a lower-cost medium duty rack will do (see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sm8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-au8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching AU8 Heavy Duty Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SU8 is a Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty cantilever rack starter kit engineered for demanding industrial storage environments. At 8' tall with 24\" arms rated at 2,000 lb each and a total upright capacity of 21,500 lb, it handles loads that fall well outside the range of medium duty rack — steel bar stock, heavy structural materials, bundled pipe, and similarly dense long items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 8 straight arms, and a brace set. Arms adjust on 3\" centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (8' height, 37\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 straight arms (24\" length, 2,000 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (72\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SU8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for heavy industrial loads\u003c\/strong\u003e — At 2,000 lb per arm, the SU8 handles more than 3× the per-arm capacity of the medium duty SM8 — the right choice for steel service centers, fabrication shops, lumber yards, and distribution centers handling heavy stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e21,500 lb total upright capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Series 4000 construction delivers the structural integrity needed for high-density heavy material storage without stepping up to extra heavy duty rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-au8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous row system using shared upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open base design allows easy loading and unloading from the aisle. Place heaviest loads on the base, which does not count against the rated upright capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty Single-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU8 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21,500 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e671 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-su10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15,800 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e919 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-su12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,500 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1174 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed double-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sdu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sdu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-sdu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e double-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8' (96\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21,500 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e671 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-au8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAU8 Single-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Arms must never be placed on the back side of a single-sided upright. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SU8 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 8 arms is rated for 2,000 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 21,500 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on an 8' single-sided cantilever rack with 24\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SU8 suits pipe, tubing, bar stock, lumber and other long items of moderate depth. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SU8 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SU8 and the SDU8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SU8 is single-sided with 8 arms and 21,500 lb upright capacity. The SDU8 is double-sided with 16 arms and 43,000 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AU8 add-on kit connects to the SU8 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SU8 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SU8L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SU8 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 671 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SU8 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797723434,"sku":"SU8","price":1600.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-8-arms.jpg?v=1792594112"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-su10","title":"MECO Omaha Heavy Duty Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 10' | SU10","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SU10 Heavy Duty Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 10' Tall, 36\" Arms, 15,800 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel service centers, fabrication shops, lumber yards and distribution centers that store lumber, bundled pipe, tubing and other long loads that need deeper arms and load them from one aisle, typically along a wall. The SU10 is the 10' model in MECO's Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty single-sided line, with 12 arms rated 1,200 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 1,200 lb per arm, wall-side storage loaded from one aisle, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-au10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing rows loaded from both sides (use the double-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sdu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or lighter loads where a lower-cost medium duty rack will do (see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sm10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSM10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-au10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching AU10 Heavy Duty Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SU10 is a Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty cantilever rack starter kit that combines extended vertical reach with deep arm capacity for facilities storing long, heavy structural materials. At 10' tall with 36\" arms and 12 storage positions, it's engineered for operations that need both height and depth — structural steel, long extrusions, heavy bar stock — in a single-sided configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 12 straight arms, and a brace set. Arms adjust on 3\" centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (10' height, 49\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 straight arms (36\" length, 1,200 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (72\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SU10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtended reach for long, heavy loads\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 36\" arms reach deeper than the SU8's 24\" arms, providing better support for wide bundles of pipe, structural tubing, and long bar stock that need more than 2 feet of arm support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 storage positions per bay\u003c\/strong\u003e — More levels than the SU8 with the same heavy duty construction — ideal for operations that need to organize many different lengths or grades of material in a single bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-au10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous row system using shared upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open base design allows easy loading from the aisle. The base functions as an additional storage level and does not count against the rated upright capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty Single-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-su8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21,500 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e671 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU10 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15,800 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e919 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-su12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,500 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1174 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed double-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sdu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sdu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-sdu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e double-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10' (120\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15,800 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e919 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-au10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAU10 Single-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Arms must never be placed on the back side of a single-sided upright. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SU10 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 12 arms is rated for 1,200 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 15,800 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on a 10' single-sided cantilever rack with 36\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SU10 suits lumber, bundled pipe, tubing and other long loads that need deeper arms. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SU10 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SU10 and the SDU10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SU10 is single-sided with 12 arms and 15,800 lb upright capacity. The SDU10 is double-sided with 24 arms and 31,600 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AU10 add-on kit connects to the SU10 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SU10 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SU10L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SU10 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 919 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SU10 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797756202,"sku":"SU10","price":2240.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-12-arms.jpg?v=1792594132"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-su12","title":"MECO Omaha Heavy Duty Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 12' | SU12","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SU12 Heavy Duty Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 12' Tall, 48\" Arms, 12,500 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel service centers, fabrication shops, lumber yards and distribution centers that store deep or wide long loads such as lumber bundles, sheet goods and bundled pipe and load them from one aisle, typically along a wall. The SU12 is the 12' model in MECO's Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty single-sided line, with 16 arms rated 1,000 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 1,000 lb per arm, wall-side storage loaded from one aisle, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-12ft-au12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing rows loaded from both sides (use the double-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-sdu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or lighter loads where a lower-cost medium duty rack will do (see the SM12).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-12ft-au12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching AU12 Heavy Duty Single-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SU12 is the tallest single-sided configuration in the MECO Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty lineup. At 12' tall with 48\" arms and 16 storage positions, it's built for high-ceiling facilities that need to maximize vertical cube utilization for long, heavy materials — full-length structural steel, 20' pipe runs, and similarly oversized stock that require deep arm support and significant vertical clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 16 straight arms, and a brace set. Arms adjust on 3\" centers. Professional installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (12' height, 61\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 straight arms (48\" length, 1,000 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (72\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SU12\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height and reach in the Series 4000 single-sided lineup\u003c\/strong\u003e — At 12' tall with 48\" arms — the deepest available in the Series 4000 — the SU12 accommodates the longest and widest heavy loads in MECO's standard heavy duty range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16 storage positions per bay\u003c\/strong\u003e — The most arm levels of any single-sided Series 4000 unit, providing fine-grained organization across a tall, deep storage bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-12ft-au12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous row system using shared upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open base design allows easy loading from the aisle. The base functions as an additional storage level and does not count against the rated upright capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty Single-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-su8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21,500 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e671 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-su10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15,800 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e919 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU12 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,500 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1174 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed double-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sdu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sdu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-sdu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e double-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12' (144\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,500 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,174 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-12ft-au12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eAU12 Single-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Arms must never be placed on the back side of a single-sided upright. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SU12 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 16 arms is rated for 1,000 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 12,500 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on a 12' single-sided cantilever rack with 48\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SU12 suits deep or wide long loads such as lumber bundles, sheet goods and bundled pipe. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SU12 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SU12 and the SDU12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SU12 is single-sided with 16 arms and 12,500 lb upright capacity. The SDU12 is double-sided with 32 arms and 25,000 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The AU12 add-on kit connects to the SU12 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SU12 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SU12L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SU12 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 1,174 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SU12 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797821738,"sku":"SU12","price":2820.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-16-arms.webp?v=1792594132"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sdu8","title":"MECO Omaha Heavy Duty Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 8' | SDU8","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDU8 Heavy Duty Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 8' Tall, 24\" Arms, 43,000 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel service centers, fabrication shops, lumber yards and distribution centers that store pipe, tubing, bar stock, lumber and other long items of moderate depth and load them from two aisles. The SDU8 is the 8' model in MECO's Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty double-sided line, with 16 arms rated 2,000 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 2,000 lb per arm, free-standing rows reached from both sides, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-adu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eADU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-side storage loaded from one aisle (use the single-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-su8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or lighter loads where a lower-cost medium duty rack will do (see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-smd8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-adu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching ADU8 Heavy Duty Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDU8 is a Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty double-sided cantilever rack starter kit that delivers industrial-grade storage from both sides of the upright. At 8' tall with 24\" arms rated at 2,000 lb each and a total upright capacity of 43,000 lb, it's the highest-capacity 8' configuration in the MECO lineup — built for steel service centers, fabrication operations, and heavy industrial warehouses where every square foot of floor space needs to work hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 16 straight arms, and a brace set. Arms adjust on 3\" centers. Professional installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (8' height, 65\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 straight arms (24\" length, 2,000 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (72\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SDU8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e43,000 lb total capacity — the most of any 8' MECO unit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Double-sided Series 4000 construction delivers the highest total upright capacity in the 8' height range, with 2,000 lb per arm on both sides of the upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble the storage, same floor footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arms extend from both sides, allowing forklift loading from two aisles simultaneously and doubling storage density versus a single-sided unit in the same floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-adu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eADU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous double-sided heavy duty row using shared upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible from both aisles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open design on both sides allows loading and unloading from either direction, improving traffic flow in high-throughput industrial storage areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty Double-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSDU8 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e887 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sdu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1264 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-sdu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1704 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed single-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-su8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-su10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-su12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e single-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8' (96\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e887 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-8ft-adu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eADU8 Double-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SDU8 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 16 arms is rated for 2,000 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 43,000 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on an 8' double-sided cantilever rack with 24\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDU8 suits pipe, tubing, bar stock, lumber and other long items of moderate depth. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SDU8 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SDU8 and the SU8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDU8 is double-sided with 16 arms and 43,000 lb upright capacity. The SU8 is single-sided with 8 arms and 21,500 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ADU8 add-on kit connects to the SDU8 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SDU8 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SDU8L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDU8 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 887 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SDU8 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797854506,"sku":"SDU8","price":2170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-double-sided-cantilever-starter-sdu8.jpg?v=1792594538"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sdu10","title":"MECO Omaha Heavy Duty Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 10' | SDU10","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDU10 Heavy Duty Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 10' Tall, 36\" Arms, 31,600 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel service centers, fabrication shops, lumber yards and distribution centers that store lumber, bundled pipe, tubing and other long loads that need deeper arms and load them from two aisles. The SDU10 is the 10' model in MECO's Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty double-sided line, with 24 arms rated 1,200 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 1,200 lb per arm, free-standing rows reached from both sides, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-adu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eADU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-side storage loaded from one aisle (use the single-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-su10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or lighter loads where a lower-cost medium duty rack will do (see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-smd10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSMD10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-adu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching ADU10 Heavy Duty Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDU10 is a Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty double-sided cantilever rack starter kit that combines 10' of vertical reach with 36\" arms on both sides — giving you 24 total storage positions across a single bay. Built for high-volume industrial operations storing long, heavy structural materials from both directions, it delivers serious capacity without stepping up to extra heavy duty construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 24 straight arms, and a brace set. Arms adjust on 3\" centers. Professional installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (10' height, 82\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 straight arms (36\" length, 1,200 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (72\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SDU10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 storage positions across a single bay\u003c\/strong\u003e — More arm levels than any other Series 4000 double-sided unit at this height, with 36\" reach on both sides — ideal for high-volume operations managing many grades or lengths of heavy material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-sided access, heavy duty capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arms extend from both sides of the upright with 1,200 lb capacity each — allowing forklift loading from two aisles and doubling storage density in the same floor footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-adu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eADU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous double-sided row using shared upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible from both aisles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open design on both sides supports efficient two-direction traffic flow in shared industrial storage areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty Double-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sdu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e887 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSDU10 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1264 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-sdu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1704 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed single-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-su8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-su10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-su12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e single-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10' (120\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,264 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-10ft-adu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eADU10 Double-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SDU10 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 24 arms is rated for 1,200 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 31,600 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on a 10' double-sided cantilever rack with 36\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDU10 suits lumber, bundled pipe, tubing and other long loads that need deeper arms. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SDU10 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SDU10 and the SU10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDU10 is double-sided with 24 arms and 31,600 lb upright capacity. The SU10 is single-sided with 12 arms and 15,800 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ADU10 add-on kit connects to the SDU10 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SDU10 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SDU10L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDU10 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 1,264 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SDU10 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797887274,"sku":"SDU10","price":3190.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-double-sided-cantilever-starter-sdu10.jpg?v=1792594538"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-sdu12","title":"MECO Omaha Heavy Duty Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 12' | SDU12","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDU12 Heavy Duty Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Starter Kit — 12' Tall, 48\" Arms, 25,000 lb Upright Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel service centers, fabrication shops, lumber yards and distribution centers that store deep or wide long loads such as lumber bundles, sheet goods and bundled pipe and load them from two aisles. The SDU12 is the 12' model in MECO's Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty double-sided line, with 32 arms rated 1,000 lb each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e loads up to 1,000 lb per arm, free-standing rows reached from both sides, and rows you plan to extend with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-12ft-adu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eADU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall-side storage loaded from one aisle (use the single-sided \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-su12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e) or lighter loads where a lower-cost medium duty rack will do (see the SMD12).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-12ft-adu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eView the matching ADU12 Heavy Duty Double-Sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit →\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDU12 is the largest configuration in the MECO Series 4000 Standard Heavy Duty lineup. At 12' tall with 48\" arms on both sides and 32 total storage positions per bay, it's engineered for high-ceiling industrial facilities that need to store the longest, heaviest materials with maximum density — full-length structural steel, oversized pipe runs, and similarly demanding stock — accessible from both sides of the aisle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips complete with 2 uprights, 32 straight arms, and a brace set. Arms adjust on 3\" centers. Professional installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 uprights (12' height, 106\" base length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32 straight arms (48\" length, 1,000 lb capacity each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 brace set (72\" length)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the SDU12\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e32 storage positions — the most of any MECO cantilever starter kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — With 48\" arms on both sides across 12' of height, the SDU12 delivers the highest storage density in the entire Series 4000 lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-sided access for the longest loads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Arms extend 48\" from both sides of the upright, accommodating the widest bundles and longest materials while allowing forklift access from two aisles simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrows with your operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-12ft-adu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eADU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e add-on units at any time to extend into a continuous double-sided row using shared upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eForklift accessible from both aisles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Open design on both sides supports efficient two-direction loading and unloading in high-throughput industrial storage environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure which rack you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for help with arm length, capacity, upright spacing and height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors (Required, Not Included):\u003c\/strong\u003e Uprights must be anchored to the floor before use. MECO recommends a minimum of \u003cstrong\u003e2 anchors per base\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1 in the front and 1 in the back on opposite sides of the base. Each base has holes for up to 4 anchors. Recommended anchor spec: \u003cstrong\u003e½\" × 4¼\"\u003c\/strong\u003e. Anchors are not sold by MECO and can be bought locally or provided by us at additional cost. Building codes vary by location — consult local codes for specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty Double-sided Starter Units — Model Comparison\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArms Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-sdu8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e887 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-sdu10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSDU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1264 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSDU12 (this model)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1704 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eArm capacity is set by arm length. Upright capacity is lower on taller uprights and with longer arms, so check the upright rating for the height and arm length you choose. All capacities are per MECO Omaha specifications based on evenly distributed loads.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNeed single-sided storage? See the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-8ft-su8\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU8\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-10ft-su10\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU10\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-single-sided-cantilever-rack-starter-kit-12ft-su12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSU12\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e single-sided starter units.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries 4000 Standard Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12' (144\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 lb per arm (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Upright Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrace Set Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,704 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArm Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Color\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/heavy-duty-double-sided-cantilever-rack-add-on-kit-12ft-adu12\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eADU12 Double-sided Cantilever Rack Add-On Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Unit must be anchored to the floor per assembly instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the MECO SDU12 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 32 arms is rated for 1,000 lb with the load evenly distributed, and the total upright capacity is 25,000 lb. These are MECO Omaha's published ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store on a 12' double-sided cantilever rack with 48\" arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDU12 suits deep or wide long loads such as lumber bundles, sheet goods and bundled pipe. Arm capacity is set by arm length, so longer arms suit deeper loads but carry less weight per arm. Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-a-cantilever-rack\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ecantilever rack buying guide\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to size arms and uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the SDU12 need to be anchored to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO requires the uprights to be anchored before use, with at least 2 anchors per base (one front, one back on opposite sides). The recommended anchor is ½\" × 4¼\". Anchors are not included. You can buy them locally, or we can provide them at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the SDU12 and the SU12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDU12 is double-sided with 32 arms and 25,000 lb upright capacity. The SU12 is single-sided with 16 arms and 12,500 lb upright capacity. Choose double-sided for a free-standing row you can reach from two aisles, and single-sided for storage along a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add more bays later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ADU12 add-on kit connects to the SDU12 and shares one of its uprights, so each add-on extends the row by one bay. You can add as many add-on units as your space allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the arms be moved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Arms adjust up and down on 3\" centers, so you can set the spacing to fit your material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SDU12 ships as components with all the hardware needed to assemble it on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get arm lips or inclined arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Bolt-on 2\" arm lips are included at no extra charge when ordered with the rack (model SDU12L). Inclined arms, pipe sockets, deck support saddles and custom colors are also available. See the Customization Options tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDU12 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The unit weighs 1,704 lb, so have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eArm Lips (L Suffix)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBolt-on 2\" arm lips are available for all 12 MECO cantilever rack SKUs in this lineup, including this model. Lips extend 2\" above the arm surface and are used to retain cylindrical loads — pipe, tubing, round bar — that may otherwise roll off the end of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplies to both arms and bases\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips bolt on to every arm and base in the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra charge if ordered with the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — add the \"L\" suffix to the model number at time of purchase (e.g. SM6 → SM6L) and lips are included at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan be ordered separately later\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips can be field-installed at any time after purchase, though a separate order and charge will apply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-structural\u003c\/strong\u003e — lips are a retention feature only and are not intended to bear any portion of the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory punched\u003c\/strong\u003e — all MECO arms are factory punched to accept bolt-on lips, so no drilling is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo order with lips, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and we will place the order with the L suffix at no additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Customization Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss any of the following configurations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInclined Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e — For cylindrical loads that tend to roll, inclined arms pitch at 20° (approximately 4.36\" per foot) to keep material secure on the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-On Pipe Sockets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Field-installable pipe sockets (1⅜\" inside diameter) provide an additional stop at the end of the arm for round stock and tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrop-In Deck Support Saddles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Convert the SDU12 to a decked system for storing boxes, cartons, or furniture. Pre-engineered to accommodate 2×4 cross supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift or pallet jack ready to unload. Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired. Ships as components with all assembly hardware.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor anchoring required (½\" × 4¼\" anchors, minimum 2 per base, not included).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight is calculated based on your location and order size. Contact us before ordering for a freight quote specific to your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. Contact us to confirm timing before ordering. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51391797985578,"sku":"SDU12","price":4220.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-double-sided-cantilever-starter-sdu12.jpg?v=1792594538"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack 36\" Wide 62\" High – 3 Shelves | RSR335-3 \/ RSR345-3","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack 36\" Wide 62\" High – 3 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eView the matching RSR335-3A \/ RSR345-3A Add-On Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100% shelf extension. 2,000 lb per shelf. Built for industrial storage that demands access.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack is engineered for facilities that store heavy dies, fixtures, tooling, engine parts, and industrial equipment that needs to be organized, secure, and instantly accessible. Unlike standard shelving where reaching items at the back requires unloading the front, every roll-out shelf extends fully on a ball roller track system — giving you complete access to the entire shelf surface without moving anything around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 36\" wide and 62\" high, this unit includes 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 4 usable storage levels with a combined capacity of up to 8,000 lb. The 62\" height makes this the most compact option in the RSR lineup — ideal when ceiling height is limited or floor space is at a premium. Choose 36\" or 48\" shelf depth depending on the size of your stored items and available floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — typically completed by two people with standard hand tools and a torque wrench. Floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame with fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Minimum 8 x ¾\" anchors with 3¼\" embedment depth required. Buyer is responsible for compliance with local building codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the RSR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull shelf extension on every roll-out level\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each of the 3 roll-out shelves extends 100% on a ball roller track, locking in the extended position via a spring lock. Load and unload without reaching, repositioning, or removing other items. Pull the track assembly out first, then the shelf — one at a time, safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 roll-out shelves plus a fixed 2,000 lb top surface give you maximum vertical utilization in a compact 62\" footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb per shelf — crane or forklift loadable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf handles 2,000 lb of evenly distributed load. Items can be loaded by overhead crane or forklift, making this rack suitable for the heaviest industrial equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shelf heights\u003c\/strong\u003e — Roll-out shelf brackets mount on 2\" vertical centers along the structural frame, so you can reconfigure shelf spacing as your stored items change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMost compact RSR configuration — maximizes storage in tight spaces without sacrificing the full 2,000 lb per shelf capacity that makes roll-out racks ideal for heavy dies and fixtures.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to expand\u003c\/strong\u003e — Start with this starter unit and add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR335-3A \/ RSR345-3A add-on units\u003c\/a\u003e at any time to build a continuous row system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\" (Add 8\" to shelf width for overall width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR335-3) or 48\" (RSR345-3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e922 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,099 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR335-3 (36\" depth) \/ RSR345-3 (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR335-3A \/ RSR345-3A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396457627946,"sku":"RSR335-3","price":3520.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238277930,"sku":"RSR345-3","price":4040.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-1.jpg?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack 48\" Wide 62\" High – 3 Shelves | RSR435-3 \/ RSR445-3","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack 48\" Wide 62\" High – 3 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eView the matching RSR435-3A \/ RSR445-3A Add-On Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100% shelf extension. 2,000 lb per shelf. Built for industrial storage that demands access.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack is engineered for facilities that store heavy dies, fixtures, tooling, engine parts, and industrial equipment that needs to be organized, secure, and instantly accessible. Unlike standard shelving where reaching items at the back requires unloading the front, every roll-out shelf extends fully on a ball roller track system — giving you complete access to the entire shelf surface without moving anything around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 48\" wide and 62\" high, this unit includes 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 4 usable storage levels with a combined capacity of up to 8,000 lb. At 48\" wide, this unit provides a wider shelf surface than the 36\" model — accommodating wider dies, larger fixtures, and bulkier equipment. Choose 36\" or 48\" shelf depth depending on the size of your stored items and available floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — typically completed by two people with standard hand tools and a torque wrench. Floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame with fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Minimum 8 x ¾\" anchors with 3¼\" embedment depth required. Buyer is responsible for compliance with local building codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the RSR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull shelf extension on every roll-out level\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each of the 3 roll-out shelves extends 100% on a ball roller track, locking in the extended position via a spring lock. Load and unload without reaching, repositioning, or removing other items. Pull the track assembly out first, then the shelf — one at a time, safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 roll-out shelves plus a fixed 2,000 lb top surface give you maximum vertical utilization in a compact 62\" footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb per shelf — crane or forklift loadable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf handles 2,000 lb of evenly distributed load. Items can be loaded by overhead crane or forklift, making this rack suitable for the heaviest industrial equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shelf heights\u003c\/strong\u003e — Roll-out shelf brackets mount on 2\" vertical centers along the structural frame, so you can reconfigure shelf spacing as your stored items change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidest 62\" high configuration — the extra 12\" of shelf width over the RSR335-3 makes a meaningful difference when storing wider molds, dies, and fixtures that need more lateral support.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to expand\u003c\/strong\u003e — Start with this starter unit and add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR435-3A \/ RSR445-3A add-on units\u003c\/a\u003e at any time to build a continuous row system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56\" (Add 8\" to shelf width for overall width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR435-3) or 48\" (RSR445-3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,059 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,254 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR435-3 (36\" depth) \/ RSR445-3 (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR435-3A \/ RSR445-3A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396457693482,"sku":"RSR435-3","price":3800.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238310698,"sku":"RSR445-3","price":4370.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-1.jpg?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack 36\" Wide 72\" High – 3 Shelves | RSR336-3 \/ RSR346-3","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack 36\" Wide 72\" High – 3 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eView the matching RSR336-3A \/ RSR346-3A Add-On Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100% shelf extension. 2,000 lb per shelf. Built for industrial storage that demands access.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack is engineered for facilities that store heavy dies, fixtures, tooling, engine parts, and industrial equipment that needs to be organized, secure, and instantly accessible. Unlike standard shelving where reaching items at the back requires unloading the front, every roll-out shelf extends fully on a ball roller track system — giving you complete access to the entire shelf surface without moving anything around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 36\" wide and 72\" high, this unit includes 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 4 usable storage levels with a combined capacity of up to 8,000 lb. At 72\" high, this is the most popular height in the RSR lineup — tall enough to maximize vertical space while remaining easy to load from floor level. Choose 36\" or 48\" shelf depth depending on the size of your stored items and available floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — typically completed by two people with standard hand tools and a torque wrench. Floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame with fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Minimum 8 x ¾\" anchors with 3¼\" embedment depth required. Buyer is responsible for compliance with local building codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the RSR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull shelf extension on every roll-out level\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each of the 3 roll-out shelves extends 100% on a ball roller track, locking in the extended position via a spring lock. Load and unload without reaching, repositioning, or removing other items. Pull the track assembly out first, then the shelf — one at a time, safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 roll-out shelves plus a fixed 2,000 lb top surface give you maximum vertical utilization in a compact 72\" footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb per shelf — crane or forklift loadable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf handles 2,000 lb of evenly distributed load. Items can be loaded by overhead crane or forklift, making this rack suitable for the heaviest industrial equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shelf heights\u003c\/strong\u003e — Roll-out shelf brackets mount on 2\" vertical centers along the structural frame, so you can reconfigure shelf spacing as your stored items change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMost popular RSR height — the 72\" configuration strikes the balance between maximizing vertical storage and keeping every shelf level comfortably reachable during loading.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to expand\u003c\/strong\u003e — Start with this starter unit and add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR336-3A \/ RSR346-3A add-on units\u003c\/a\u003e at any time to build a continuous row system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\" (Add 8\" to shelf width for overall width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR336-3) or 48\" (RSR346-3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e939 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,118 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR336-3 (36\" depth) \/ RSR346-3 (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR336-3A \/ RSR346-3A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396457988394,"sku":"RSR336-3","price":3500.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238343466,"sku":"RSR346-3","price":4020.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-1.jpg?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack 48\" Wide 72\" High – 3 Shelves | RSR436-3 \/ RSR446-3","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack 48\" Wide 72\" High – 3 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eView the matching RSR436-3A \/ RSR446-3A Add-On Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100% shelf extension. 2,000 lb per shelf. Built for industrial storage that demands access.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack is engineered for facilities that store heavy dies, fixtures, tooling, engine parts, and industrial equipment that needs to be organized, secure, and instantly accessible. Unlike standard shelving where reaching items at the back requires unloading the front, every roll-out shelf extends fully on a ball roller track system — giving you complete access to the entire shelf surface without moving anything around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 48\" wide and 72\" high, this unit includes 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 4 usable storage levels with a combined capacity of up to 8,000 lb. The most popular height combined with the wider 48\" shelf — the RSR436-3 and RSR446-3 offer maximum versatility for a wide range of die and fixture sizes. Choose 36\" or 48\" shelf depth depending on the size of your stored items and available floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — typically completed by two people with standard hand tools and a torque wrench. Floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame with fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Minimum 8 x ¾\" anchors with 3¼\" embedment depth required. Buyer is responsible for compliance with local building codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the RSR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull shelf extension on every roll-out level\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each of the 3 roll-out shelves extends 100% on a ball roller track, locking in the extended position via a spring lock. Load and unload without reaching, repositioning, or removing other items. Pull the track assembly out first, then the shelf — one at a time, safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 roll-out shelves plus a fixed 2,000 lb top surface give you maximum vertical utilization in a compact 72\" footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb per shelf — crane or forklift loadable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf handles 2,000 lb of evenly distributed load. Items can be loaded by overhead crane or forklift, making this rack suitable for the heaviest industrial equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shelf heights\u003c\/strong\u003e — Roll-out shelf brackets mount on 2\" vertical centers along the structural frame, so you can reconfigure shelf spacing as your stored items change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMost popular height, widest configuration — combining the RSR lineup's most common 72\" height with a 48\" wide shelf gives you the most versatile roll-out rack for general industrial storage.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to expand\u003c\/strong\u003e — Start with this starter unit and add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR436-3A \/ RSR446-3A add-on units\u003c\/a\u003e at any time to build a continuous row system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56\" (Add 8\" to shelf width for overall width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR436-3) or 48\" (RSR446-3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,076 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,273 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR436-3 (36\" depth) \/ RSR446-3 (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR436-3A \/ RSR446-3A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396458053930,"sku":"RSR436-3","price":3770.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238409002,"sku":"RSR446-3","price":4350.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-1.jpg?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack 36\" Wide 85\" High – 4 Shelves | RSR337-4 \/ RSR347-4","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack 36\" Wide 85\" High – 4 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-addon\"\u003eView the matching RSR337-4A \/ RSR347-4A Add-On Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100% shelf extension. 2,000 lb per shelf. Built for industrial storage that demands access.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack is engineered for facilities that store heavy dies, fixtures, tooling, engine parts, and industrial equipment that needs to be organized, secure, and instantly accessible. Unlike standard shelving where reaching items at the back requires unloading the front, every roll-out shelf extends fully on a ball roller track system — giving you complete access to the entire shelf surface without moving anything around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 36\" wide and 85\" high, this unit includes 4 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 5 usable storage levels with a combined capacity of up to 10,000 lb. At 85\" high with 4 roll-out shelves, this is the tallest configuration in the RSR lineup — delivering maximum vertical storage density in a 36\" wide footprint. Choose 36\" or 48\" shelf depth depending on the size of your stored items and available floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — typically completed by two people with standard hand tools and a torque wrench. Floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame with fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Minimum 8 x ¾\" anchors with 3¼\" embedment depth required. Buyer is responsible for compliance with local building codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the RSR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull shelf extension on every roll-out level\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each of the 4 roll-out shelves extends 100% on a ball roller track, locking in the extended position via a spring lock. Load and unload without reaching, repositioning, or removing other items. Pull the track assembly out first, then the shelf — one at a time, safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 4 roll-out shelves plus a fixed 2,000 lb top surface give you maximum vertical utilization in a compact 85\" footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb per shelf — crane or forklift loadable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf handles 2,000 lb of evenly distributed load. Items can be loaded by overhead crane or forklift, making this rack suitable for the heaviest industrial equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shelf heights\u003c\/strong\u003e — Roll-out shelf brackets mount on 2\" vertical centers along the structural frame, so you can reconfigure shelf spacing as your stored items change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum storage density — 4 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top gives you 5 total storage levels, the most of any RSR configuration. Built for facilities with high ceilings that need to store the most items per bay.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to expand\u003c\/strong\u003e — Start with this starter unit and add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR337-4A \/ RSR347-4A add-on units\u003c\/a\u003e at any time to build a continuous row system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\" (Add 8\" to shelf width for overall width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR337-4) or 48\" (RSR347-4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,179 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,407 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR337-4 (36\" depth) \/ RSR347-4 (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR337-4A \/ RSR347-4A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396458152234,"sku":"RSR337-4","price":4340.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238441770,"sku":"RSR347-4","price":4990.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-1.jpg?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack 48\" Wide 85\" High – 4 Shelves | RSR437-4 \/ RSR447-4","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack 48\" Wide 85\" High – 4 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlready have this starter unit? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-addon\"\u003eView the matching RSR437-4A \/ RSR447-4A Add-On Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100% shelf extension. 2,000 lb per shelf. Built for industrial storage that demands access.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack is engineered for facilities that store heavy dies, fixtures, tooling, engine parts, and industrial equipment that needs to be organized, secure, and instantly accessible. Unlike standard shelving where reaching items at the back requires unloading the front, every roll-out shelf extends fully on a ball roller track system — giving you complete access to the entire shelf surface without moving anything around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 48\" wide and 85\" high, this unit includes 4 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 5 usable storage levels with a combined capacity of up to 10,000 lb. The largest configuration in the RSR lineup — 48\" wide, 85\" tall, 4 roll-out shelves — built for facilities storing the widest and heaviest industrial equipment. Choose 36\" or 48\" shelf depth depending on the size of your stored items and available floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — typically completed by two people with standard hand tools and a torque wrench. Floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame with fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Minimum 8 x ¾\" anchors with 3¼\" embedment depth required. Buyer is responsible for compliance with local building codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the RSR\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull shelf extension on every roll-out level\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each of the 4 roll-out shelves extends 100% on a ball roller track, locking in the extended position via a spring lock. Load and unload without reaching, repositioning, or removing other items. Pull the track assembly out first, then the shelf — one at a time, safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 4 roll-out shelves plus a fixed 2,000 lb top surface give you maximum vertical utilization in a compact 85\" footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb per shelf — crane or forklift loadable\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf handles 2,000 lb of evenly distributed load. Items can be loaded by overhead crane or forklift, making this rack suitable for the heaviest industrial equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shelf heights\u003c\/strong\u003e — Roll-out shelf brackets mount on 2\" vertical centers along the structural frame, so you can reconfigure shelf spacing as your stored items change over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLargest RSR configuration available — 48\" wide by 85\" tall with 4 roll-out shelves gives you the most storage capacity per bay in the entire MECO RSR lineup. Built for high-volume operations storing large dies, molds, and heavy fixtures.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt to expand\u003c\/strong\u003e — Start with this starter unit and add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR437-4A \/ RSR447-4A add-on units\u003c\/a\u003e at any time to build a continuous row system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56\" (Add 8\" to shelf width for overall width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR437-4) or 48\" (RSR447-4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,353 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,603 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR437-4 (36\" depth) \/ RSR447-4 (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-addon\"\u003eRSR437-4A \/ RSR447-4A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396458414378,"sku":"RSR437-4","price":4690.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238474538,"sku":"RSR447-4","price":5420.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-1.jpg?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-addon","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 36\" Wide 62\" High – 3 Shelves | RSR335-3A \/ RSR345-3A","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 36\" Wide 62\" High – 3 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed a starter unit first? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eView the matching RSR335-3 \/ RSR345-3 Starter Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your existing RSR system — same height, same depth, seamless integration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSR335-3A and RSR345-3A are add-on units designed to extend a Roll-Out Shelf Rack starter system into a continuous row. Each add-on shares the vertical frame of the adjacent starter unit, eliminating redundant uprights and maximizing your floor space efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach add-on includes 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 4 usable storage levels and up to 8,000 lb of combined capacity — matching the starter unit configuration exactly. Choose the depth that matches your existing starter: 36\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR335-3\u003c\/a\u003e, and 48\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR345-3\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall width increases by 4\" with each add-on unit added to a row. Ships knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Must be used with a compatible RSR starter unit of the same height and depth configuration. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy expand with an add-on\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShared uprights, more storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add-on units attach to the existing starter frame, sharing the vertical structure. This eliminates the cost and footprint of a second starter unit while adding a full bay of roll-out storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame roll-out performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf extends 100% on the same ball roller track system as the starter, with the same spring lock safety mechanism and 2,000 lb per shelf capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top surface, matching the starter unit exactly across the full row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility is critical\u003c\/strong\u003e — RSR335-3A (36\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR335-3\u003c\/a\u003e only. RSR345-3A (48\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR345-3\u003c\/a\u003e only. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-On\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\" (Overall width increases by 4\" per add-on added to a row)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR335-3A) or 48\" (RSR345-3A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e848 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,022 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR335-3A (36\" depth) \/ RSR345-3A (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Starter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR335-3 (36\" depth) \/ RSR345-3 (48\" depth)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements. Add-on units must only be used with compatible RSR starter units of matching height and depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396458610986,"sku":"RSR335-3A","price":3230.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238507306,"sku":"RSR345-3A","price":3660.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-extended.png?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-addon","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 48\" Wide 62\" High – 3 Shelves | RSR435-3A \/ RSR445-3A","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 48\" Wide 62\" High – 3 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed a starter unit first? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eView the matching RSR435-3 \/ RSR445-3 Starter Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your existing RSR system — same height, same depth, seamless integration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSR435-3A and RSR445-3A are add-on units designed to extend a Roll-Out Shelf Rack starter system into a continuous row. Each add-on shares the vertical frame of the adjacent starter unit, eliminating redundant uprights and maximizing your floor space efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach add-on includes 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 4 usable storage levels and up to 8,000 lb of combined capacity — matching the starter unit configuration exactly. Choose the depth that matches your existing starter: 36\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR435-3\u003c\/a\u003e, and 48\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR445-3\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall width increases by 4\" with each add-on unit added to a row. Ships knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Must be used with a compatible RSR starter unit of the same height and depth configuration. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy expand with an add-on\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShared uprights, more storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add-on units attach to the existing starter frame, sharing the vertical structure. This eliminates the cost and footprint of a second starter unit while adding a full bay of roll-out storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame roll-out performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf extends 100% on the same ball roller track system as the starter, with the same spring lock safety mechanism and 2,000 lb per shelf capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top surface, matching the starter unit exactly across the full row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility is critical\u003c\/strong\u003e — RSR435-3A (36\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR435-3\u003c\/a\u003e only. RSR445-3A (48\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR445-3\u003c\/a\u003e only. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-On\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52\" (Overall width increases by 4\" per add-on added to a row)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR435-3A) or 48\" (RSR445-3A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e985 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,177 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR435-3A (36\" depth) \/ RSR445-3A (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Starter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-62-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR435-3 (36\" depth) \/ RSR445-3 (48\" depth)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements. Add-on units must only be used with compatible RSR starter units of matching height and depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396458709290,"sku":"RSR435-3A","price":3500.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238540074,"sku":"RSR445-3A","price":4050.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-extended.png?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-addon","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 36\" Wide 72\" High – 3 Shelves | RSR336-3A \/ RSR346-3A","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 36\" Wide 72\" High – 3 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed a starter unit first? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eView the matching RSR336-3 \/ RSR346-3 Starter Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your existing RSR system — same height, same depth, seamless integration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSR336-3A and RSR346-3A are add-on units designed to extend a Roll-Out Shelf Rack starter system into a continuous row. Each add-on shares the vertical frame of the adjacent starter unit, eliminating redundant uprights and maximizing your floor space efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach add-on includes 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 4 usable storage levels and up to 8,000 lb of combined capacity — matching the starter unit configuration exactly. Choose the depth that matches your existing starter: 36\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR336-3\u003c\/a\u003e, and 48\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR346-3\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall width increases by 4\" with each add-on unit added to a row. Ships knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Must be used with a compatible RSR starter unit of the same height and depth configuration. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy expand with an add-on\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShared uprights, more storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add-on units attach to the existing starter frame, sharing the vertical structure. This eliminates the cost and footprint of a second starter unit while adding a full bay of roll-out storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame roll-out performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf extends 100% on the same ball roller track system as the starter, with the same spring lock safety mechanism and 2,000 lb per shelf capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top surface, matching the starter unit exactly across the full row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility is critical\u003c\/strong\u003e — RSR336-3A (36\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR336-3\u003c\/a\u003e only. RSR346-3A (48\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR346-3\u003c\/a\u003e only. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-On\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\" (Overall width increases by 4\" per add-on added to a row)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR336-3A) or 48\" (RSR346-3A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e857 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,032 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR336-3A (36\" depth) \/ RSR346-3A (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Starter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR336-3 (36\" depth) \/ RSR346-3 (48\" depth)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements. Add-on units must only be used with compatible RSR starter units of matching height and depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396458807594,"sku":"RSR336-3A","price":3210.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238572842,"sku":"RSR346-3A","price":3650.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-extended.png?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-addon","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 48\" Wide 72\" High – 3 Shelves | RSR436-3A \/ RSR446-3A","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 48\" Wide 72\" High – 3 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed a starter unit first? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eView the matching RSR436-3 \/ RSR446-3 Starter Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your existing RSR system — same height, same depth, seamless integration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSR436-3A and RSR446-3A are add-on units designed to extend a Roll-Out Shelf Rack starter system into a continuous row. Each add-on shares the vertical frame of the adjacent starter unit, eliminating redundant uprights and maximizing your floor space efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach add-on includes 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 4 usable storage levels and up to 8,000 lb of combined capacity — matching the starter unit configuration exactly. Choose the depth that matches your existing starter: 36\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR436-3\u003c\/a\u003e, and 48\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR446-3\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall width increases by 4\" with each add-on unit added to a row. Ships knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Must be used with a compatible RSR starter unit of the same height and depth configuration. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy expand with an add-on\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShared uprights, more storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add-on units attach to the existing starter frame, sharing the vertical structure. This eliminates the cost and footprint of a second starter unit while adding a full bay of roll-out storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame roll-out performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf extends 100% on the same ball roller track system as the starter, with the same spring lock safety mechanism and 2,000 lb per shelf capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 3 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top surface, matching the starter unit exactly across the full row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility is critical\u003c\/strong\u003e — RSR436-3A (36\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR436-3\u003c\/a\u003e only. RSR446-3A (48\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR446-3\u003c\/a\u003e only. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-On\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52\" (Overall width increases by 4\" per add-on added to a row)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR436-3A) or 48\" (RSR446-3A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e994 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,187 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR436-3A (36\" depth) \/ RSR446-3A (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Starter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-72-high-3-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR436-3 (36\" depth) \/ RSR446-3 (48\" depth)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements. Add-on units must only be used with compatible RSR starter units of matching height and depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396458938666,"sku":"RSR436-3A","price":3490.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238605610,"sku":"RSR446-3A","price":4030.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-extended.png?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-addon","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 36\" Wide 85\" High – 4 Shelves | RSR337-4A \/ RSR347-4A","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 36\" Wide 85\" High – 4 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed a starter unit first? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eView the matching RSR337-4 \/ RSR347-4 Starter Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your existing RSR system — same height, same depth, seamless integration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSR337-4A and RSR347-4A are add-on units designed to extend a Roll-Out Shelf Rack starter system into a continuous row. Each add-on shares the vertical frame of the adjacent starter unit, eliminating redundant uprights and maximizing your floor space efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach add-on includes 4 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 5 usable storage levels and up to 10,000 lb of combined capacity — matching the starter unit configuration exactly. Choose the depth that matches your existing starter: 36\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR337-4\u003c\/a\u003e, and 48\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR347-4\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall width increases by 4\" with each add-on unit added to a row. Ships knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Must be used with a compatible RSR starter unit of the same height and depth configuration. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy expand with an add-on\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShared uprights, more storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add-on units attach to the existing starter frame, sharing the vertical structure. This eliminates the cost and footprint of a second starter unit while adding a full bay of roll-out storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame roll-out performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf extends 100% on the same ball roller track system as the starter, with the same spring lock safety mechanism and 2,000 lb per shelf capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 4 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top surface, matching the starter unit exactly across the full row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility is critical\u003c\/strong\u003e — RSR337-4A (36\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR337-4\u003c\/a\u003e only. RSR347-4A (48\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR347-4\u003c\/a\u003e only. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-On\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40\" (Overall width increases by 4\" per add-on added to a row)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR337-4A) or 48\" (RSR347-4A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,087 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,311 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR337-4A (36\" depth) \/ RSR347-4A (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Starter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-36-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR337-4 (36\" depth) \/ RSR347-4 (48\" depth)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements. Add-on units must only be used with compatible RSR starter units of matching height and depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396459036970,"sku":"RSR337-4A","price":4040.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238638378,"sku":"RSR347-4A","price":4600.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-extended.png?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-addon","title":"MECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 48\" Wide 85\" High – 4 Shelves | RSR437-4A \/ RSR447-4A","description":"\u003ch1\u003eRoll-Out Shelf Rack Add-On 48\" Wide 85\" High – 4 Shelves\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed a starter unit first? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eView the matching RSR437-4 \/ RSR447-4 Starter Unit →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExpand your existing RSR system — same height, same depth, seamless integration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RSR437-4A and RSR447-4A are add-on units designed to extend a Roll-Out Shelf Rack starter system into a continuous row. Each add-on shares the vertical frame of the adjacent starter unit, eliminating redundant uprights and maximizing your floor space efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach add-on includes 4 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top shelf — 5 usable storage levels and up to 10,000 lb of combined capacity — matching the starter unit configuration exactly. Choose the depth that matches your existing starter: 36\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR437-4\u003c\/a\u003e, and 48\" depth pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR447-4\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverall width increases by 4\" with each add-on unit added to a row. Ships knocked down with all components included. Assembly required — floor anchors required but not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural 3\" channel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX-braces and floor braces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 roll-out shelf assemblies with ball roller tracks and spring locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 fixed top shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf brackets adjustable on 2\" centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware for assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Floor anchors are not included. Must be used with a compatible RSR starter unit of the same height and depth configuration. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy expand with an add-on\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShared uprights, more storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add-on units attach to the existing starter frame, sharing the vertical structure. This eliminates the cost and footprint of a second starter unit while adding a full bay of roll-out storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSame roll-out performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every shelf extends 100% on the same ball roller track system as the starter, with the same spring lock safety mechanism and 2,000 lb per shelf capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 usable storage levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 4 roll-out shelves plus 1 fixed top surface, matching the starter unit exactly across the full row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility is critical\u003c\/strong\u003e — RSR437-4A (36\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR437-4\u003c\/a\u003e only. RSR447-4A (48\" depth) pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR447-4\u003c\/a\u003e only. Do not mix heights or depths within a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha Roll-Out Shelf Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdd-On\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52\" (Overall width increases by 4\" per add-on added to a row)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Depth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" (RSR437-4A) or 48\" (RSR447-4A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (fully extending, spring-lock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Top Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (stationary, non-adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Storage Levels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity per Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb (evenly distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTop Surface Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Unit Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Adjustability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural 3\" channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,261 lb (36\" depth) \/ 1,507 lb (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRSR437-4A (36\" depth) \/ RSR447-4A (48\" depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Starter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/roll-out-shelf-rack-48-wide-85-high-4-shelf-starter\"\u003eRSR437-4 (36\" depth) \/ RSR447-4 (48\" depth)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired — ships knocked down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFloor Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — 8 x ¾\" minimum required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities are based on evenly distributed loads. Extend only one shelf at a time. Do not exceed 2,000 lb per shelf. Unit must be level and anchored to the floor before use. See assembly instructions for full requirements. Add-on units must only be used with compatible RSR starter units of matching height and depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact us to discuss the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Roll-Out Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — Additional shelves are available for both depth configurations. Contact us for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePre-Assembled Units\u003c\/strong\u003e — This unit is available fully pre-assembled and ready for immediate use. Ships at additional cost. Contact us for pricing and lead time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss customization options, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturns\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, unassembled, in original packaging with all hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"36\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51396459364650,"sku":"RSR437-4A","price":4400.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" Shelf Depth","offer_id":51806238671146,"sku":"RSR447-4A","price":5090.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/meco-roll-out-shelf-rack-starter-extended.png?v=1792538026"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-1-4-cubic-yard-sdhx025","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/4 Cu. Yd. | SDHX025","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX025 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/4 Cu. Yd., 6,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX025 is a 1\/4 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 6,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 29\" wide × 49½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHX025 is an extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 1\/4 cubic yard capacity and a 6,000 lb load capacity. Built from 7 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/4 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 29\" × L 49½\" × H 26\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 18½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e369 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX025 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1\/4 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 6,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX025 has fork openings 2½\" high and 18½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 369 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX025 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX025) or gray enamel (SDHX025-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX025 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 369 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 6,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This hopper has a 6,000 lb capacity. Only caster kits rated at or above this capacity are listed above. Verify your selected kit's capacity before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 369 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413136834858,"sku":"SDHX025","price":990.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806238769450,"sku":"SDHX025-G","price":990.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-1-3-cubic-yard-sdhx033","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/3 Cu. Yd. | SDHX033","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX033 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/3 Cu. Yd., 6,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX033 is a 1\/3 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 6,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 29\" wide × 53\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHX033 is an extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 1\/3 cubic yard capacity and a 6,000 lb load capacity. Built from 7 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/3 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 29\" × L 53\" × H 30½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 18½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX033\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/3 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e408 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX033 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1\/3 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 6,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX033 has fork openings 2½\" high and 18½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 408 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX033 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX033) or gray enamel (SDHX033-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX033 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 408 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 6,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This hopper has a 6,000 lb capacity. Only caster kits rated at or above this capacity are listed above. Verify your selected kit's capacity before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 408 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413136900394,"sku":"SDHX033","price":1080.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806238802218,"sku":"SDHX033-G","price":1080.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-1-2-cubic-yard-sdhx050","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/2 Cu. Yd. | SDHX050","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX050 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/2 Cu. Yd., 6,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX050 is a 1\/2 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 6,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 29\" wide × 53\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHX050 is an extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 1\/2 cubic yard capacity and a 6,000 lb load capacity. Built from 7 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/2 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 29\" × L 53\" × H 30½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 18½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX050\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e473 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX050 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1\/2 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 6,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX050 has fork openings 2½\" high and 18½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 473 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX050 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX050) or gray enamel (SDHX050-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX050 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 473 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 6,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This hopper has a 6,000 lb capacity. Only caster kits rated at or above this capacity are listed above. Verify your selected kit's capacity before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 473 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413137195306,"sku":"SDHX050","price":1250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806238834986,"sku":"SDHX050-G","price":1250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-3-4-cubic-yard-sdhx075","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3\/4 Cu. Yd. | SDHX075","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX075 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3\/4 Cu. Yd., 6,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX075 is a 3\/4 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 6,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 41\" wide × 59½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHX075 is an extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 3\/4 cubic yard capacity and a 6,000 lb load capacity. Built from 7 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/4 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 41\" × L 59½\" × H 34½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 30½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX075\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/4 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e531 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX075 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 3\/4 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 6,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX075 has fork openings 2½\" high and 30½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 531 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX075 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX075) or gray enamel (SDHX075-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX075 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 531 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 6,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This hopper has a 6,000 lb capacity. Only caster kits rated at or above this capacity are listed above. Verify your selected kit's capacity before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 531 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413137260842,"sku":"SDHX075","price":1420.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806238867754,"sku":"SDHX075-G","price":1420.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-1-cubic-yard-sdhx100","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1 Cu. Yd. | SDHX100","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX100 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1 Cu. Yd., 6,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX100 is a 1 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 6,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 41\" wide × 63½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHX100 is an extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 1 cubic yard capacity and a 6,000 lb load capacity. Built from 7 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 41\" × L 63½\" × H 38½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 30½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e586 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX100 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 6,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX100 has fork openings 2½\" high and 30½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 586 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX100 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX100) or gray enamel (SDHX100-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX100 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 586 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 6,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This hopper has a 6,000 lb capacity. Only caster kits rated at or above this capacity are listed above. Verify your selected kit's capacity before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 586 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413137391914,"sku":"SDHX100","price":1490.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806238900522,"sku":"SDHX100-G","price":1490.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-1-1-2-cubic-yard-sdhx150","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1-1\/2 Cu. Yd. | 6,000 lb | SDHX150","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX150 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1-1\/2 Cu. Yd., 6,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX150 is a 1-1\/2 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 6,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 59\" wide × 63-1\/2\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt tough for demanding material handling, the SDHX150 is a 1-1\/2 cubic yard extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper from MECO Omaha. Constructed from 7-gauge welded steel with a 7-gauge base, it handles loads up to 6,000 lbs and ships fully assembled — ready to work the moment it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecisely balanced to tip forward for complete discharge of contents, then automatically return to an upright, locked position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Welded seams throughout ensure a watertight interior for wet or dry materials. A 2\" formed top lip adds rigidity and eliminates sharp edges. A safety chain secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd a Caster Kit — Add Mobility to Your Hopper\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCasters free your forklift for other tasks and give your hopper full mobility across your facility. Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter — choose the wheel composition that matches your floor surface and load:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold-On Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Best for smooth concrete or tile floors. Quieter operation, protects flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Maximum durability for heavy loads. Best for rough or uneven industrial floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhenolic\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Hard resin wheel. High load capacity, resistant to oils and solvents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolyurethane\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Good all-around choice. Non-marking, quieter than steel, harder than rubber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully assembled 1-1\/2 cu. yd. extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips Fully Assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — No setup required. Unload and put it to work immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise Balance for Complete Dump\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered to tip forward for 100% discharge, then automatically return upright and lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e — Welded seams throughout handle both wet and dry materials at no extra charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePositive Locking Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — Prevents accidental dumping during transport. Releases from the forklift seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Chain Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Formed Top Lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEmpty units can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of like or similar size for space savings — do not stack when loaded.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — MECO Omaha has manufactured material handling equipment in Omaha, Nebraska for over 50 years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions? Call our team at \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel Number\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCubic Yards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-1\/2 cu. yd.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e721 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange Enamel, Gray Enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty units only, like or similar size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA — MECO Omaha, Omaha, NE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDimensions represent overall width, length, and height.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX150 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1-1\/2 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 6,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX150 has fork openings 2-1\/2\" high and 48-1\/2\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 721 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX150 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX150) or gray enamel (SDHX150-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX150 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 721 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaster Kits\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter in four wheel compositions. Sets of 4 include two swivel and two rigid casters with roller bearings. Can be factory-installed (shipped bolted to the base) or field-installed. Compatible with all MECO hoppers through 2½ cubic yards.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e→ Shop Caster Kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e — Factory-installed hinged lids are available as an optional accessory. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray Enamel Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select “Gray” from the color option above. Gray hoppers use the model number with a “-G” suffix (e.g., SDHX150-G).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Way Entry \u0026amp; Trip Chains\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available on request. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing and specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss any customization, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 721 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships fully assembled as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolicy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, in original condition with all components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413137457450,"sku":"SDHX150","price":1880.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806238933290,"sku":"SDHX150-G","price":1880.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-2-cubic-yard-sdhx200","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 2 Cu. Yd. | SDHX200","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX200 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 2 Cu. Yd., 6,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX200 is a 2 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 6,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 59\" wide × 69½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHX200 is an extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 2 cubic yard capacity and a 6,000 lb load capacity. Built from 7 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 59\" × L 69½\" × H 44\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 48½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e815 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX200 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 2 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 6,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX200 has fork openings 2½\" high and 48½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 815 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX200 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX200) or gray enamel (SDHX200-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX200 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 815 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 6,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This hopper has a 6,000 lb capacity. Only caster kits rated at or above this capacity are listed above. Verify your selected kit's capacity before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 815 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413137522986,"sku":"SDHX200","price":2130.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806238966058,"sku":"SDHX200-G","price":2130.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-2-1-2-cubic-yard-sdhx250","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 2-1\/2 Cu. Yd. | 6,000 lb | SDHX250","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX250 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 2-1\/2 Cu. Yd., 6,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX250 is a 2-1\/2 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 6,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 72\" wide × 69-1\/2\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt tough for demanding material handling, the SDHX250 is a 2-1\/2 cubic yard extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper from MECO Omaha. Constructed from 7-gauge welded steel with a 7-gauge base, it handles loads up to 6,000 lbs and ships fully assembled — ready to work the moment it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecisely balanced to tip forward for complete discharge of contents, then automatically return to an upright, locked position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Welded seams throughout ensure a watertight interior for wet or dry materials. A 2\" formed top lip adds rigidity and eliminates sharp edges. A safety chain secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd a Caster Kit — Add Mobility to Your Hopper\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCasters free your forklift for other tasks and give your hopper full mobility across your facility. Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter — choose the wheel composition that matches your floor surface and load:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold-On Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Best for smooth concrete or tile floors. Quieter operation, protects flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Maximum durability for heavy loads. Best for rough or uneven industrial floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhenolic\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Hard resin wheel. High load capacity, resistant to oils and solvents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolyurethane\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Good all-around choice. Non-marking, quieter than steel, harder than rubber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully assembled 2-1\/2 cu. yd. extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips Fully Assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — No setup required. Unload and put it to work immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise Balance for Complete Dump\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered to tip forward for 100% discharge, then automatically return upright and lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e — Welded seams throughout handle both wet and dry materials at no extra charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePositive Locking Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — Prevents accidental dumping during transport. Releases from the forklift seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Chain Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Formed Top Lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEmpty units can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of like or similar size for space savings — do not stack when loaded.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — MECO Omaha has manufactured material handling equipment in Omaha, Nebraska for over 50 years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions? Call our team at \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel Number\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCubic Yards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-1\/2 cu. yd.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e943 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange Enamel, Gray Enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty units only, like or similar size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA — MECO Omaha, Omaha, NE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDimensions represent overall width, length, and height.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX250 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 2-1\/2 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 6,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX250 has fork openings 2-1\/2\" high and 48-1\/2\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 943 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX250 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX250) or gray enamel (SDHX250-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX250 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 943 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaster Kits\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter in four wheel compositions. Sets of 4 include two swivel and two rigid casters with roller bearings. Can be factory-installed (shipped bolted to the base) or field-installed. Compatible with all MECO hoppers through 2½ cubic yards.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e→ Shop Caster Kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e — Factory-installed hinged lids are available as an optional accessory. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray Enamel Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select “Gray” from the color option above. Gray hoppers use the model number with a “-G” suffix (e.g., SDHX250-G).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Way Entry \u0026amp; Trip Chains\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available on request. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing and specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss any customization, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 943 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships fully assembled as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolicy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, in original condition with all components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413137817898,"sku":"SDHX250","price":2400.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239031594,"sku":"SDHX250-G","price":2400.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-3-cubic-yard-sdhx300","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3 Cu. Yd. | SDHX300","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX300 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3 Cu. Yd., 5,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX300 is a 3 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 5,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 64\" wide × 74\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHX300 is an extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 3 cubic yard capacity and a 5,000 lb load capacity. Built from 7 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 64\" × L 74\" × H 59½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 39\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Not stackable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1118 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX300 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 3 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 5,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX300 has fork openings 2½\" high and 39\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 1,118 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX300 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SDHX300 is not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, so they are not offered for this size. Hinged lids are available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX300) or gray enamel (SDHX300-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX300 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 1,118 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 5,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This hopper has a 5,000 lb capacity. Only caster kits rated at or above this capacity are listed above. Verify your selected kit's capacity before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 1,118 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413137916202,"sku":"SDHX300","price":2810.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239064362,"sku":"SDHX300-G","price":2810.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-4-cubic-yard-sdhx400","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 4 Cu. Yd. | SDHX400","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX400 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 4 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX400 is a 4 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 84\" wide × 74\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHX400 is an extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 4 cubic yard capacity and a 4,000 lb load capacity. Built from 7 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 84\" × L 74\" × H 59½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 39\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Not stackable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX400\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1273 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX400 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 4 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX400 has fork openings 2½\" high and 39\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 1,273 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX400 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SDHX400 is not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, so they are not offered for this size. Hinged lids are available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX400) or gray enamel (SDHX400-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX400 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 1,273 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 4,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 1,273 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413138014506,"sku":"SDHX400","price":3440.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239097130,"sku":"SDHX400-G","price":3440.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-extra-heavy-duty-5-cubic-yard-sdhx500","title":"MECO Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 5 Cu. Yd. | SDHX500","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHX500 Extra Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 5 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Foundries, steel service centers, scrap yards and heavy manufacturing plants that move the heaviest material by forklift, such as castings, heavy scrap, metal chips and sludge, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHX500 is a 5 cubic yard extra heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heaviest, most abusive loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 100\" wide × 74\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Medium Duty SDHM (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) series costs less. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHX500 is an extra heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 5 cubic yard capacity and a 4,000 lb load capacity. Built from 7 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Extra Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 100\" × L 74\" × H 59½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 39\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Not stackable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHX500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra Heavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1393 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHX500 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 5 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHX500 has fork openings 2½\" high and 39\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 1,393 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHX500 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SDHX500 is not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, so they are not offered for this size. Hinged lids are available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHX500) or gray enamel (SDHX500-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHX500 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 1,393 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 4,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 1,393 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413138080042,"sku":"SDHX500","price":3520.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239129898,"sku":"SDHX500-G","price":3520.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-heavy-duty-1-4-cubic-yard-sdhh025","title":"MECO Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/4 Cu. Yd. | SDHH025","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHH025 Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/4 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal fabrication shops, machine shops, foundries, manufacturing plants and recycling operations that move heavy scrap, chips, castings, recyclables or sludge by forklift, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHH025 is a 1\/4 cubic yard heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 29\" wide × 49½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, occasional use, where the Medium Duty SDHM series (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) costs less, or the toughest abuse, where the Extra Heavy Duty SDHX series (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHH025 is a heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 1\/4 cubic yard capacity and a 4,000 lb load capacity. Built from 10 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/4 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 29\" × L 49½\" × H 26\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 18½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHH025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e332 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHH025 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1\/4 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHH025 has fork openings 2½\" high and 18½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 332 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHH025 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHH025) or gray enamel (SDHH025-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHH025 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 332 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 4,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 332 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413138473258,"sku":"SDHH025","price":920.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239162666,"sku":"SDHH025-G","price":920.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-heavy-duty-1-3-cubic-yard-sdhh033","title":"MECO Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/3 Cu. Yd. | SDHH033","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHH033 Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/3 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal fabrication shops, machine shops, foundries, manufacturing plants and recycling operations that move heavy scrap, chips, castings, recyclables or sludge by forklift, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHH033 is a 1\/3 cubic yard heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 29\" wide × 53\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, occasional use, where the Medium Duty SDHM series (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) costs less, or the toughest abuse, where the Extra Heavy Duty SDHX series (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHH033 is a heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 1\/3 cubic yard capacity and a 4,000 lb load capacity. Built from 10 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/3 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 29\" × L 53\" × H 30½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 18½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHH033\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/3 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e359 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHH033 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1\/3 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHH033 has fork openings 2½\" high and 18½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 359 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHH033 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHH033) or gray enamel (SDHH033-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHH033 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 359 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 4,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 359 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413138538794,"sku":"SDHH033","price":980.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239228202,"sku":"SDHH033-G","price":980.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-heavy-duty-1-2-cubic-yard-sdhh050","title":"MECO Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/2 Cu. Yd. | SDHH050","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHH050 Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/2 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal fabrication shops, machine shops, foundries, manufacturing plants and recycling operations that move heavy scrap, chips, castings, recyclables or sludge by forklift and need to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHH050 is a compact 1\/2 cubic yard hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense loads in a small footprint (29\" × 53\"), wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a standard forklift.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, occasional use, where the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMedium Duty SDHM series\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e (up to 2,000 lb) costs less, or the toughest abuse, where the Extra Heavy Duty SDHX series (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) is the better choice. For more volume, MECO hoppers go up to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes the SDHH050 different\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDumps itself, then resets:\u003c\/strong\u003e the hopper tips forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge, then returns upright. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight heavy duty build:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 gauge steel body on a 7 gauge base, welded watertight for wet or dry material, with 2\" formed top lips for rigidity and no sharp edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReady to work on arrival:\u003c\/strong\u003e ships fully assembled with extra-deep fork openings, a safety chain to secure it to the forklift, and stacking guides for up to 3 empty units. Made in the USA by MECO Omaha.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/2 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 29\" × L 53\" × H 30½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 18½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions before ordering? Call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003cstrong\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHH050 (orange), SDHH050-G (gray)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolume\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 cubic yard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e428 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelded watertight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLatch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard) or gray enamel, same price\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward automatically at the correct fork height to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHH050 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1\/2 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHH050 has extra-deep fork openings 2½\" high and 18½\" wide, designed to accommodate standard forklifts. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 428 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material or liquids?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The body is welded watertight to prevent leakage, so it works for wet or dry material, including chips with coolant and sludge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHH050 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Interlocking stacking guides let you stack up to 3 empty hoppers of the same size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Steel, phenolic and polyurethane caster kits rated for this hopper are listed on the Customization \u0026amp; Accessories tab. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH, this model) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHH050) or gray enamel (SDHH050-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHH050 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 428 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 4,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 428 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413138604330,"sku":"SDHH050","price":1170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239260970,"sku":"SDHH050-G","price":1170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-heavy-duty-3-4-cubic-yard-sdhh075","title":"MECO Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3\/4 Cu. Yd. | SDHH075","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHH075 Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3\/4 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal fabrication shops, machine shops, foundries, manufacturing plants and recycling operations that move heavy scrap, chips, castings, recyclables or sludge by forklift, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHH075 is a 3\/4 cubic yard heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 41\" wide × 59½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, occasional use, where the Medium Duty SDHM series (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) costs less, or the toughest abuse, where the Extra Heavy Duty SDHX series (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHH075 is a heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 3\/4 cubic yard capacity and a 4,000 lb load capacity. Built from 10 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/4 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 41\" × L 59½\" × H 34½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 30½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHH075\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/4 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e465 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHH075 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 3\/4 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHH075 has fork openings 2½\" high and 30½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 465 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHH075 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHH075) or gray enamel (SDHH075-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHH075 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 465 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 4,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 465 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413138899242,"sku":"SDHH075","price":1290.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239293738,"sku":"SDHH075-G","price":1290.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-heavy-duty-1-cubic-yard-sdhh100","title":"MECO Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1 Cu. Yd. | SDHH100","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHH100 Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal fabrication shops, machine shops, foundries, manufacturing plants and recycling operations that move heavy scrap, chips, castings, recyclables or sludge by forklift, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHH100 is a 1 cubic yard heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 41\" wide × 63½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, occasional use, where the Medium Duty SDHM series (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) costs less, or the toughest abuse, where the Extra Heavy Duty SDHX series (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHH100 is a heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 1 cubic yard capacity and a 4,000 lb load capacity. Built from 10 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 41\" × L 63½\" × H 38½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 30½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHH100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e504 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHH100 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHH100 has fork openings 2½\" high and 30½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 504 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHH100 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHH100) or gray enamel (SDHH100-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHH100 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 504 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 4,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 504 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413138964778,"sku":"SDHH100","price":1330.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239326506,"sku":"SDHH100-G","price":1330.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-heavy-duty-1-1-2-cubic-yard-sdhh150","title":"MECO Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1-1\/2 Cu. Yd. | 4,000 lb | SDHH150","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHH150 Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1-1\/2 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal fabrication shops, machine shops, foundries, manufacturing plants and recycling operations that move heavy scrap, chips, castings, recyclables or sludge by forklift, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHH150 is a 1-1\/2 cubic yard heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 59\" wide × 63-1\/2\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, occasional use, where the Medium Duty SDHM series (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) costs less, or the toughest abuse, where the Extra Heavy Duty SDHX series (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt tough for demanding material handling, the SDHH150 is a 1-1\/2 cubic yard heavy duty self-dumping hopper from MECO Omaha. Constructed from 10-gauge welded steel with a 7-gauge base, it handles loads up to 4,000 lbs and ships fully assembled — ready to work the moment it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecisely balanced to tip forward for complete discharge of contents, then automatically return to an upright, locked position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Welded seams throughout ensure a watertight interior for wet or dry materials. A 2\" formed top lip adds rigidity and eliminates sharp edges. A safety chain secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd a Caster Kit — Add Mobility to Your Hopper\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCasters free your forklift for other tasks and give your hopper full mobility across your facility. Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter — choose the wheel composition that matches your floor surface and load:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold-On Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Best for smooth concrete or tile floors. Quieter operation, protects flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Maximum durability for heavy loads. Best for rough or uneven industrial floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhenolic\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Hard resin wheel. High load capacity, resistant to oils and solvents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolyurethane\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Good all-around choice. Non-marking, quieter than steel, harder than rubber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully assembled 1-1\/2 cu. yd. heavy duty self-dumping hopper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips Fully Assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — No setup required. Unload and put it to work immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise Balance for Complete Dump\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered to tip forward for 100% discharge, then automatically return upright and lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e — Welded seams throughout handle both wet and dry materials at no extra charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePositive Locking Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — Prevents accidental dumping during transport. Releases from the forklift seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Chain Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Formed Top Lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEmpty units can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of like or similar size for space savings — do not stack when loaded.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — MECO Omaha has manufactured material handling equipment in Omaha, Nebraska for over 50 years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions? Call our team at \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel Number\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHH150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCubic Yards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-1\/2 cu. yd.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e617 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange Enamel, Gray Enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty units only, like or similar size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA — MECO Omaha, Omaha, NE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDimensions represent overall width, length, and height.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHH150 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1-1\/2 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHH150 has fork openings 2-1\/2\" high and 48-1\/2\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 617 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHH150 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHH150) or gray enamel (SDHH150-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHH150 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 617 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaster Kits\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter in four wheel compositions. Sets of 4 include two swivel and two rigid casters with roller bearings. Can be factory-installed (shipped bolted to the base) or field-installed. Compatible with all MECO hoppers through 2½ cubic yards.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e→ Shop Caster Kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e — Factory-installed hinged lids are available as an optional accessory. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray Enamel Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select “Gray” from the color option above. Gray hoppers use the model number with a “-G” suffix (e.g., SDHH150-G).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Way Entry \u0026amp; Trip Chains\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available on request. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing and specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss any customization, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 617 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships fully assembled as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolicy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, in original condition with all components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413139030314,"sku":"SDHH150","price":1630.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239392042,"sku":"SDHH150-G","price":1630.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-heavy-duty-2-cubic-yard-sdhh200","title":"MECO Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 2 Cu. Yd. | SDHH200","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHH200 Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 2 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal fabrication shops, machine shops, foundries, manufacturing plants and recycling operations that move heavy scrap, chips, castings, recyclables or sludge by forklift, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHH200 is a 2 cubic yard heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 59\" wide × 69½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, occasional use, where the Medium Duty SDHM series (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) costs less, or the toughest abuse, where the Extra Heavy Duty SDHX series (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHH200 is a heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 2 cubic yard capacity and a 4,000 lb load capacity. Built from 10 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 59\" × L 69½\" × H 44\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 48½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHH200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e688 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHH200 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 2 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHH200 has fork openings 2½\" high and 48½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 688 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHH200 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHH200) or gray enamel (SDHH200-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHH200 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 688 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 4,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 688 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413139095850,"sku":"SDHH200","price":1730.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239490346,"sku":"SDHH200-G","price":1730.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-heavy-duty-2-1-2-cubic-yard-sdhh250","title":"MECO Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 2-1\/2 Cu. Yd. | 4,000 lb | SDHH250","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHH250 Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 2-1\/2 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal fabrication shops, machine shops, foundries, manufacturing plants and recycling operations that move heavy scrap, chips, castings, recyclables or sludge by forklift, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHH250 is a 2-1\/2 cubic yard heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 72\" wide × 69-1\/2\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, occasional use, where the Medium Duty SDHM series (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) costs less, or the toughest abuse, where the Extra Heavy Duty SDHX series (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt tough for demanding material handling, the SDHH250 is a 2-1\/2 cubic yard heavy duty self-dumping hopper from MECO Omaha. Constructed from 10-gauge welded steel with a 7-gauge base, it handles loads up to 4,000 lbs and ships fully assembled — ready to work the moment it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecisely balanced to tip forward for complete discharge of contents, then automatically return to an upright, locked position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Welded seams throughout ensure a watertight interior for wet or dry materials. A 2\" formed top lip adds rigidity and eliminates sharp edges. A safety chain secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd a Caster Kit — Add Mobility to Your Hopper\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCasters free your forklift for other tasks and give your hopper full mobility across your facility. Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter — choose the wheel composition that matches your floor surface and load:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold-On Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Best for smooth concrete or tile floors. Quieter operation, protects flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Maximum durability for heavy loads. Best for rough or uneven industrial floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhenolic\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Hard resin wheel. High load capacity, resistant to oils and solvents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolyurethane\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Good all-around choice. Non-marking, quieter than steel, harder than rubber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully assembled 2-1\/2 cu. yd. heavy duty self-dumping hopper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips Fully Assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — No setup required. Unload and put it to work immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise Balance for Complete Dump\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered to tip forward for 100% discharge, then automatically return upright and lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e — Welded seams throughout handle both wet and dry materials at no extra charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePositive Locking Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — Prevents accidental dumping during transport. Releases from the forklift seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Chain Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Formed Top Lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEmpty units can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of like or similar size for space savings — do not stack when loaded.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — MECO Omaha has manufactured material handling equipment in Omaha, Nebraska for over 50 years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions? Call our team at \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel Number\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHH250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCubic Yards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-1\/2 cu. yd.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e795 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange Enamel, Gray Enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty units only, like or similar size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA — MECO Omaha, Omaha, NE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDimensions represent overall width, length, and height.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHH250 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 2-1\/2 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHH250 has fork openings 2-1\/2\" high and 48-1\/2\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 795 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHH250 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHH250) or gray enamel (SDHH250-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHH250 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 795 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaster Kits\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter in four wheel compositions. Sets of 4 include two swivel and two rigid casters with roller bearings. Can be factory-installed (shipped bolted to the base) or field-installed. Compatible with all MECO hoppers through 2½ cubic yards.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e→ Shop Caster Kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e — Factory-installed hinged lids are available as an optional accessory. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray Enamel Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select “Gray” from the color option above. Gray hoppers use the model number with a “-G” suffix (e.g., SDHH250-G).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Way Entry \u0026amp; Trip Chains\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available on request. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing and specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss any customization, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 795 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships fully assembled as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolicy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, in original condition with all components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413139390762,"sku":"SDHH250","price":2050.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239555882,"sku":"SDHH250-G","price":2050.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-heavy-duty-3-cubic-yard-sdhh300","title":"MECO Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3 Cu. Yd. | SDHH300","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHH300 Heavy Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3 Cu. Yd., 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal fabrication shops, machine shops, foundries, manufacturing plants and recycling operations that move heavy scrap, chips, castings, recyclables or sludge by forklift, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHH300 is a 3 cubic yard heavy duty hopper rated for 4,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense loads and high-volume industrial use, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 64\" wide × 74\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e light, occasional use, where the Medium Duty SDHM series (12 ga., up to 2,000 lb) costs less, or the toughest abuse, where the Extra Heavy Duty SDHX series (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHH300 is a heavy duty self-dumping hopper with a 3 cubic yard capacity and a 4,000 lb load capacity. Built from 10 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heavy Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 64\" × L 74\" × H 59½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 39\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Not stackable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHH300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e942 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHH300 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 3 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 4,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHH300 has fork openings 2½\" high and 39\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 942 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHH300 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The SDHH300 is not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, so they are not offered for this size. Hinged lids are available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHH300) or gray enamel (SDHH300-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHH300 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 942 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 4,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 942 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413139521834,"sku":"SDHH300","price":2410.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239588650,"sku":"SDHH300-G","price":2410.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_white_background.jpg?v=1794408965"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-medium-duty-1-4-cubic-yard-sdhm025","title":"MECO Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/4 Cu. Yd. | SDHM025","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHM025 Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/4 Cu. Yd., 2,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warehouses, distribution centers, plants and shops that move lighter material by forklift, such as recyclables, wood and metal chips and in-process materials, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHM025 is a 1\/4 cubic yard medium duty hopper rated for 2,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads up to 2,000 lb at the lowest cost of the three MECO duty ratings, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 29\" wide × 49½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense scrap or castings, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Extra Heavy Duty SDHX (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) series is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHM025 is a medium duty self-dumping hopper with a 1\/4 cubic yard capacity and a 2,000 lb load capacity. Built from 12 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Medium Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/4 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 29\" × L 49½\" × H 26\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 18½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHM025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e298 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHM025 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1\/4 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 2,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHM025 has fork openings 2½\" high and 18½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 298 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHM025 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHM025) or gray enamel (SDHM025-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHM025 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 298 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 2,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMold-On Rubber Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625VR, CK820VR, CK825VR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 298 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413139652906,"sku":"SDHM025","price":840.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239621418,"sku":"SDHM025-G","price":840.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_self_dumping_white_background.jpg?v=1779391720"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-medium-duty-1-3-cubic-yard-sdhm033","title":"MECO Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/3 Cu. Yd. | SDHM033","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHM033 Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/3 Cu. Yd., 2,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warehouses, distribution centers, plants and shops that move lighter material by forklift, such as recyclables, wood and metal chips and in-process materials, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHM033 is a 1\/3 cubic yard medium duty hopper rated for 2,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads up to 2,000 lb at the lowest cost of the three MECO duty ratings, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 29\" wide × 53\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense scrap or castings, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Extra Heavy Duty SDHX (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) series is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHM033 is a medium duty self-dumping hopper with a 1\/3 cubic yard capacity and a 2,000 lb load capacity. Built from 12 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Medium Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/3 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 29\" × L 53\" × H 30½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 18½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHM033\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/3 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHM033 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1\/3 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 2,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHM033 has fork openings 2½\" high and 18½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 320 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHM033 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHM033) or gray enamel (SDHM033-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHM033 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 320 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 2,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMold-On Rubber Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625VR, CK820VR, CK825VR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 320 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413139816746,"sku":"SDHM033","price":880.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239654186,"sku":"SDHM033-G","price":880.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_self_dumping_white_background.jpg?v=1779391720"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-medium-duty-1-2-cubic-yard-sdhm050","title":"MECO Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/2 Cu. Yd. | SDHM050","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHM050 Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1\/2 Cu. Yd., 2,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warehouses, distribution centers, plants and shops that move lighter material by forklift, such as recyclables, wood and metal chips and in-process materials, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHM050 is a 1\/2 cubic yard medium duty hopper rated for 2,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads up to 2,000 lb at the lowest cost of the three MECO duty ratings, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 29\" wide × 53\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense scrap or castings, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Extra Heavy Duty SDHX (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) series is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHM050 is a medium duty self-dumping hopper with a 1\/2 cubic yard capacity and a 2,000 lb load capacity. Built from 12 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Medium Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/2 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 29\" × L 53\" × H 30½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 18½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHM050\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e384 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHM050 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1\/2 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 2,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHM050 has fork openings 2½\" high and 18½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 384 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHM050 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHM050) or gray enamel (SDHM050-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHM050 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 384 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 2,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMold-On Rubber Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625VR, CK820VR, CK825VR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 384 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413139915050,"sku":"SDHM050","price":1010.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239719722,"sku":"SDHM050-G","price":1010.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_self_dumping_white_background.jpg?v=1779391720"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-medium-duty-3-4-cubic-yard-sdhm075","title":"MECO Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3\/4 Cu. Yd. | SDHM075","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHM075 Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 3\/4 Cu. Yd., 2,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warehouses, distribution centers, plants and shops that move lighter material by forklift, such as recyclables, wood and metal chips and in-process materials, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHM075 is a 3\/4 cubic yard medium duty hopper rated for 2,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads up to 2,000 lb at the lowest cost of the three MECO duty ratings, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 41\" wide × 59½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense scrap or castings, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Extra Heavy Duty SDHX (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) series is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHM075 is a medium duty self-dumping hopper with a 3\/4 cubic yard capacity and a 2,000 lb load capacity. Built from 12 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Medium Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/4 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 41\" × L 59½\" × H 34½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 30½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHM075\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/4 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHM075 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 3\/4 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 2,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHM075 has fork openings 2½\" high and 30½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 410 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHM075 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHM075) or gray enamel (SDHM075-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHM075 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 410 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 2,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMold-On Rubber Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625VR, CK820VR, CK825VR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 410 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413140242730,"sku":"SDHM075","price":1180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239752490,"sku":"SDHM075-G","price":1180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_self_dumping_white_background.jpg?v=1779391720"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-medium-duty-1-cubic-yard-sdhm100","title":"MECO Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1 Cu. Yd. | SDHM100","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHM100 Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1 Cu. Yd., 2,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warehouses, distribution centers, plants and shops that move lighter material by forklift, such as recyclables, wood and metal chips and in-process materials, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHM100 is a 1 cubic yard medium duty hopper rated for 2,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads up to 2,000 lb at the lowest cost of the three MECO duty ratings, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 41\" wide × 63½\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense scrap or castings, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Extra Heavy Duty SDHX (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) series is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe MECO SDHM100 is a medium duty self-dumping hopper with a 1 cubic yard capacity and a 2,000 lb load capacity. Built from 12 gauge steel with a 7 gauge base, it's designed for handling heavy, bulky scrap, in-process materials, castings, wood and metal chips, recyclables, and sludge in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHoppers are designed for forklift handling and tip forward automatically at the correct fork height for complete discharge of contents, then return to the upright position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Ships fully assembled in high-visibility orange enamel finish. Available in orange or gray enamel (add suffix \"–G\" to model number for gray finish).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,000 lb load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — Medium Duty construction for the most demanding applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 cubic yard capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — overall dimensions: W 41\" × L 63½\" × H 38½\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 gauge steel body \/ 7 gauge base\u003c\/strong\u003e — welded watertight construction prevents leakage for wet or dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — prevents accidental dumping; easy-to-use mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" formed top lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/strong\u003e — secures hopper to handling vehicle during transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight precision-aligned rocker lugs per side\u003c\/strong\u003e — ensure smooth, consistent tipping operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-deep fork openings\u003c\/strong\u003e — H 2½\" × W 30½\" — accommodate standard forklifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterlocking stacking guides\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stackable up to 3 high (empty units only, same size, not when loaded).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to use immediately upon delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — manufactured by MECO Omaha\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in orange or gray enamel\u003c\/strong\u003e — both standard colors at the same price\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSelf-Dumping Hopper Duty Ratings\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMECO offers three duty ratings to match your application and budget:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Heavy Duty (SDHX)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 7 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 6,000 lb capacity — for the most demanding environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty (SDHH)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 4,000 lb capacity — for high-volume industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12 ga. steel \/ 7 ga. base — up to 2,000 lb capacity — for lighter applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHM100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 cubic yards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30½\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApproximate Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e446 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty, same size, not when loaded)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange enamel (standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha (Modern Equipment Company, Inc.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHM100 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1 cubic yard of material, with a load capacity of 2,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHM100 has fork openings 2½\" high and 30½\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 446 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHM100 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHM100) or gray enamel (SDHM100-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHM100 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 446 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Caster Kits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd mobility to your hopper with a set of 4 casters. The following kits are compatible with this hopper based on its 2,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMold-On Rubber Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK625VR, CK820VR, CK825VR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eSteel Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620SS, CK625SS, CK820SS, CK825SS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePhenolic Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PH, CK625PH, CK820PH, CK825PH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ePolyurethane Caster Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — compatible SKUs: CK620PU, CK625PU, CK820PU, CK825PU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHinged lids are available for all MECO self-dumping hoppers and must be factory installed — contact us before ordering if you need a lid. Note that hoppers with lids are not stackable, and the addition of a lid may alter the tipping operation. Available in orange or gray enamel. Contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColor Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in high-visibility orange enamel (standard) or gray enamel at no additional charge. To order gray, select the Gray variant on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 446 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hopper ships fully assembled via freight from MECO Omaha's facility in Omaha, NE (FOB Omaha, NE). Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResidential and rural delivery surcharges may apply. Freight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders \/ Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"tel:9295774339\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413140308266,"sku":"SDHM100","price":1230.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239785258,"sku":"SDHM100-G","price":1230.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_self_dumping_white_background.jpg?v=1779391720"},{"product_id":"self-dumping-hopper-medium-duty-1-1-2-cubic-yard-sdhm150","title":"MECO Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1-1\/2 Cu. Yd. | 2,000 lb | SDHM150","description":"\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.5em; font-weight:700; line-height:1.3;\"\u003eMECO Omaha SDHM150 Medium Duty Self-Dumping Hopper — 1-1\/2 Cu. Yd., 2,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it's for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warehouses, distribution centers, plants and shops that move lighter material by forklift, such as recyclables, wood and metal chips and in-process materials, and want to dump it without handling the material by hand. The SDHM150 is a 1-1\/2 cubic yard medium duty hopper rated for 2,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e lighter loads up to 2,000 lb at the lowest cost of the three MECO duty ratings, wet or dry materials, and one-person dumping from a forklift. Footprint: 59\" wide × 63-1\/2\" long.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot the best fit for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy, dense scrap or castings, where the Heavy Duty SDHH (10 ga., up to 4,000 lb) or Extra Heavy Duty SDHX (7 ga., up to 6,000 lb) series is the better choice. For a different size, see all \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/self-dumping-hoppers\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eMECO self-dumping hoppers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e from 1\/4 to 5 cubic yards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt tough for demanding material handling, the SDHM150 is a 1-1\/2 cubic yard medium duty self-dumping hopper from MECO Omaha. Constructed from 12-gauge welded steel with a 7-gauge base, it handles loads up to 2,000 lbs and ships fully assembled — ready to work the moment it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrecisely balanced to tip forward for complete discharge of contents, then automatically return to an upright, locked position. A positive locking latch prevents accidental dumping. Welded seams throughout ensure a watertight interior for wet or dry materials. A 2\" formed top lip adds rigidity and eliminates sharp edges. A safety chain secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdd a Caster Kit — Add Mobility to Your Hopper\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCasters free your forklift for other tasks and give your hopper full mobility across your facility. Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter — choose the wheel composition that matches your floor surface and load:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-mold-on-rubber\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMold-On Rubber\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Best for smooth concrete or tile floors. Quieter operation, protects flooring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-steel\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Maximum durability for heavy loads. Best for rough or uneven industrial floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-phenolic\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhenolic\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Hard resin wheel. High load capacity, resistant to oils and solvents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/products\/hopper-caster-kit-polyurethane\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolyurethane\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — Good all-around choice. Non-marking, quieter than steel, harder than rubber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully assembled 1-1\/2 cu. yd. medium duty self-dumping hopper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositive locking latch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips Fully Assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e — No setup required. Unload and put it to work immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise Balance for Complete Dump\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered to tip forward for 100% discharge, then automatically return upright and lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWatertight Interior\u003c\/strong\u003e — Welded seams throughout handle both wet and dry materials at no extra charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePositive Locking Latch\u003c\/strong\u003e — Prevents accidental dumping during transport. Releases from the forklift seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Chain Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Secures the hopper to the handling vehicle during dumping operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Formed Top Lips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Increase rigidity and eliminate sharp edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEmpty units can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of like or similar size for space savings — do not stack when loaded.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e — MECO Omaha has manufactured material handling equipment in Omaha, Nebraska for over 50 years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions? Call our team at \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel Number\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDHM150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDuty Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCubic Yards\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-1\/2 cu. yd.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFork Opening Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48-1\/2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e541 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Body)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Gauge (Base)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange Enamel, Gray Enamel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStackable\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — up to 3 high (empty units only, like or similar size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade In\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA — MECO Omaha, Omaha, NE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eDimensions represent overall width, length, and height.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a MECO self-dumping hopper work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou pick the hopper up with a forklift using the fork openings and secure it with the included safety chain. At the dump location, release the positive locking latch. The hopper tips forward to empty its contents, then returns to the upright position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the SDHM150 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 1-1\/2 cubic yards of material, with a load capacity of 2,000 lb per MECO Omaha's rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my forklift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SDHM150 has fork openings 2-1\/2\" high and 48-1\/2\" wide. Check that your forks fit those openings and that your forklift's rated capacity covers the hopper's 541 lb weight plus your load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it hold wet material?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The hopper is welded watertight, so it works for wet or dry material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The SDHM150 ships fully assembled and is ready to use on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the hoppers be stacked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Empty hoppers can be stacked up to 3 high with hoppers of the same or similar size. Do not stack loaded hoppers. Hoppers with lids are not stackable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add casters or a lid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MECO caster kits fit hoppers through 2½ cubic yards, including this one. Choose from mold-on rubber, steel, phenolic or polyurethane wheels in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003ehopper caster kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and match the set capacity to your loaded weight. Hinged lids are also available but must be factory installed, so contact us before you order if you need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Medium, Heavy and Extra Heavy Duty hoppers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium Duty (SDHM) uses 12 gauge steel and holds up to 2,000 lb. Heavy Duty (SDHH) uses 10 gauge steel and holds up to 4,000 lb. Extra Heavy Duty (SDHX) uses 7 gauge steel and holds up to 6,000 lb. All three use a 7 gauge base. Capacity can be lower on the largest sizes, so check the rating for the size you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrange enamel (SDHM150) or gray enamel (SDHM150-G), both at the same price. Select the color at the top of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the SDHM150 delivered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships fully assembled by freight truck from MECO Omaha in Omaha, NE, as curbside delivery. The hopper weighs about 541 lb, so have a forklift ready to unload, or ask us to add liftgate delivery to your freight quote. You can also use your own freight carrier at no extra cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs My Warehouse World an authorized MECO Omaha dealer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. We're an authorized dealer for MECO Omaha, and every order is placed directly with MECO and ships from their facility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustomization \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaster Kits\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in 6\" or 8\" diameter in four wheel compositions. Sets of 4 include two swivel and two rigid casters with roller bearings. Can be factory-installed (shipped bolted to the base) or field-installed. Compatible with all MECO hoppers through 2½ cubic yards.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/collections\/hopper-caster-kits\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003e→ Shop Caster Kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHinged Lids\u003c\/strong\u003e — Factory-installed hinged lids are available as an optional accessory. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGray Enamel Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select “Gray” from the color option above. Gray hoppers use the model number with a “-G” suffix (e.g., SDHM150-G).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Colors\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available at additional cost. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Way Entry \u0026amp; Trip Chains\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available on request. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for pricing and specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo discuss any customization, call \u003cstrong\u003e(929) 577-4339\u003c\/strong\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Returns\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery, Lead Time \u0026amp; Warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTopic\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips from\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMECO Omaha, Omaha, NE, by freight truck (LTL), fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDelivery type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurbside. Have a forklift ready to unload (about 541 lb). Liftgate delivery available on request.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour own carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllowed at no extra cost. Tell us when you order and we'll coordinate pickup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFreight cost\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBilled at cost. Quoted at checkout, quoted before you order, or invoiced within 1 business day after you order.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLead time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBased on total order value (see table below). Most freight orders arrive within 5 weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone. Ready to use with a forklift on arrival.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer's warranty from MECO Omaha. Contact us for warranty terms and claims.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDealer status\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuthorized MECO Omaha dealer. Orders are placed directly with MECO.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships fully assembled as industrial freight via motor carrier from Omaha, NE. Need liftgate delivery? Tell us when you request your freight quote and we'll add it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight cost is calculated at checkout based on your delivery location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEstimated lead times based on total order value:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOrder Value\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLead Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$0 – $1,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–2 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$1,001 – $5,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–3 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$5,001 – $10,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–4 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$10,001 – $20,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4–5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$20,001 – $40,000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e$40,001+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 weeks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLead times are based on total order value and may vary. If you have a delivery deadline or need to hold shipment until your facility is ready, we can coordinate directly with the supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight quotes are subject to change without notice. Tracking provided via email once your order ships.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReturn Policy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolicy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Window\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 days from delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCondition Required\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnused, in original condition with all components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestocking Fee\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDamaged \/ Missing Items\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional 20% refurbished fee applies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReturn Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuyer responsible for all return freight costs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Orders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot returnable for credit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo initiate a return, contact us at \u003ca href=\"mailto:support@mywarehouseworld.com\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color:#0066cc;\"\u003esupport@mywarehouseworld.com\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or (929) 577-4339 within 30 days of delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MECO Omaha","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":51413140373802,"sku":"SDHM150","price":1430.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":51806239818026,"sku":"SDHM150-G","price":1430.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0988\/2733\/8026\/files\/hopper_self_dumping_white_background.jpg?v=1779391720"}],"url":"https:\/\/mywarehouseworld.com\/collections\/best-sellers.oembed?page=3","provider":"My Warehouse World","version":"1.0","type":"link"}